A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar ﺰﻣﺎﱐ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱﱯ ﺭﹺﻳﻛﺘﻴ A self-study reference and practice book
Danielle H. Kim
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
FREE DOWNLOAD
You can download the soft copy of this book from the CLIK (Culture and Language Institute of Kurdi and Kori) website: http://www.clik2rock.org
ANY QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS? Send me an email at
[email protected]
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
Contents Title
Page Number
Chapter 1. Kurdish Alphabet The Alphabet - Consonants - Simple Vowels - Complex Vowels) Reading Exercise
------------------------------------------------
1
Chapter 2. Grammatical Units The Parts of Speech The Parts of the Sentence Traits of Kurdish
------------------------------------------------
7
Chapter 3. The Noun Phrase Noun Suffixes - The Absolute State - The Indefinitive State - The Definitive State Demonstratives Personal Pronouns - Independent Pronoun - Bound Pronoun Izafe Possessives Enclitic – ish
------------------------------------------------
12
Chapter 4. Linking Verbs Mostly equivalent to ‘to be’ in English Negative Statements Sentences With Linking Verbs Exercises
------------------------------------------------
23
Chapter 5. Questions Making Questions - Yes/No Questions - Using Question Words - Sample Questions
------------------------------------------------
26
Chapter 6. Adjectives Comparative and Superlative Adjectives Formation of Noun, Adjective and Adverb Sentence Order
------------------------------------------------
27
Chapter 7. Prepositions – Part I Introduction to Prepositions Preposition & Postposition Adverbial Phrases
------------------------------------------------
31
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Chapter 8. Verb Types Intransitive & Transitive Simple, Complex, Compound Summary
------------------------------------------------
34
Chapter 9. Tenses Finding Stem & Root for Verb Conjugation Present and Future Imperatives (Commands) Past Tense - Simple Past - Past Continuous/Habitual - Present Perfect - Past Perfect
------------------------------------------------
37
Chapter 10. Irregular Verbs
------------------------------------------------
61
Chapter 11. Passives Formation Irregular Passives Factitive Verbs
------------------------------------------------
66
Chapter 12. Prepositions – Part II Time Place Way, Method Position Prepositions Idioms Other Postfixes
------------------------------------------------
69
Chapter 13. Subjunctives The Present Sujunctive The Past Subjunctive How To Use The Subjunctive - Simple Sentence - The Irrealis Mood - Conditional Sentence – Type I - Conditional Sentence – Type II - Conditional Sentence – Type III - Common Modal Verbs & Adjectives
------------------------------------------------
76
Chapter 14. Conjunctioins Co-ordinate Conjunctions Conjunctive Adverbs Relative Pronoun Subordinate Conjunctons
------------------------------------------------
87
ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭﻥ ﺵ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ ﺩﻝﹶ ﺧﻮ, ﻭﺍ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ ﺛﻲ,ﺵ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺛﻲ ﺣﺔﺯ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﱳ ﺵ ﻭﻳﺴﱳﺧﻮ ﻭﻳﺴﱳﺛﻲ Special Compound Verbs
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
PREFACE Kurdish belongs to the Western Iranian group of the Indo-Iranian branch of the IndoEuropean family. The two principal branches of modern literary Kurdish are (1) Kurmanji, the language of the vast majority of Kurds in Turkey, Syria, Armenia, and Azerbaijan with an estimated 15-17 million speakers, and (2) Sorani, the language of most Kurds in Iraq (5 million speakers) and Iran (5-6 million speakers). Iraqi Kurdistan, essentially unrepresented and repressed by previous Iraqi governments, is emerging as a major force in post-Saddam Iraq. As the rest of Iraq has plunged into a downward spiral, Kurdistan has enjoyed relative political stability and suffered limited violence, in part owing to a sectarian and political homogeneity lacking elsewhere in the country. The Kurdish region has enjoyed de facto autonomy since 1991, when the American military established a no-flight zone there, a status formalized by the new Iraqi Constitution. Sorani has been the second official language of Iraq since the creation of the country after World War I and has been the working language of the Kurdistan Regional Government (KRG), schools and the media of Iraqi Kurdistan. Sorani is also the most studied and bestknown Kurdish language among all its dialects. The interest and demand for learning Sorani has never been so significant, as more international businessmen and workers come to this new world and find opportunities. This book is written to help anyone who is interested in studying Sorani. No prior knowledge is necessary to start studying this book. While I tried to avoid exceedingly advanced grammar or too many details, I also tried to put together most fundamental grammar rules for devoted learners. As a Sorani beginner, I struggled to find a well-explained grammar book when I first came to Hawler. The single biggest beneficiary of this book should be myself since I learned the most as I gathered information and wrote this book J, and I’d be just glad if this book can also help somebody out there, struggling to grasp the language. Sorani is a beautiful language. I hope all my readers enjoy studying Sorani as much as I did.
May 25, 2010
Danielle H. Kim In Hawler, Iraqi Kurdistan
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This book wouldn’t have been possible without the help and encouragement of following people: All of my dear friends and language teachers who kindly answered my bugging questions.: Ahmed, Akar, Araz, Arazoo, Ashty, Azady, Bahara, Bakhtiyar, Dosty, Dr. Hewa, Hadia, Hasan, Hawre, Hazha, Huda, Lulav, Kak Namk, Kak Smko, Kayhan, Khabat, Media, Naz, Nazira, Nina, Parwin, Rezan, Roopak, Rozha, Shahla, Snoor, Soma, Suheila, Sumeiya, Taban, Taha, Tahr and Zhian. Sangar, for your thorough knowledge in Kurdish and for reviewing this book. Jeanne, for your careful editing. Team Jubilee, for your loving support and prayer. The Ministry of Culture of KRG, for publishing this book. Finally and most importantly, my Lord, God, for providing me persistent interest & love in studyng Kurdish, and strength & wisdom that I needed to finish this book. Thank you for calling me to Kurdistan.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
REFERENCES The following books were consulted throughout the process of writing this book:
MOST THOROUGHLY STUDIED Thackston, W.M. Sorani Kurdish, A Reference Grammar with Selected Readings Iranian Studies at Harvard University. http://www.fas.harvard.edu/~iranian/Sorani/index.html
OTHER REFERENCES Rempel, Chérie Exercises in Sorani Grammar Kurdish Language & Culture Institute, 2003 Qaradaghy, Aram Kurdish Phrase-Book Sulemaniya, 2002 Qazzaz, Shafiq The Sharezoor Kurdish-English Dictionary Aras Press and Publishers Erbil, 2000 Salah, Mohamad S. Sana for Learning Arabic-Kurdish-English 2009 Ali, Ihasan JAF English-Kurdish Dictionary 2009
[email protected] Mohammad, Shirwan Oxford Photo Dictionary English-Kurdish 2008 Nawkhosh, Salam Oxford Dictionary Kurdish-English Sulemaniya, 2002
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
Kurdish is a beautiful language.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
1. KURDISH ALPHABET THE ALPHABET Arabic Character
Shape Changes
Latin Equivalent
Phonetic Pronounciation
Examples
Consonants ‘Hamze’ is not treated as a separate letter of the alphabet. It always occurs in conjunction with a vowel.
1
ﺀ
N/A
2
ﺏ
ﺑﺒﺐ
B
B as in Bed
ﺑﺎ
3
ﺙ
ﺛﺜﺚ
P
P as in Pen
ﺛﻴﺎﻭ
4
ﺕ
ﺗﺘﺖ
T
T as in Test
ﺗﺎﻝﹶ
5
ﺝ
ﺟﺠﺞ
C
J as in James, Joe
6
ﺽ
ﺿﻀﺾ
Ç
CH as in Chair
7
ﺡ
ﺣﺤﺢ
H
This consonant is pronounced with a strong expulsion of air from the chest. It is similar to the sound you make when you fog a mirror with your breath (hah). There is an increasing tendency in modern Kurdish
,ﻮﺓﺋﻴ ,ﺋﺔﻭ ﺋﺎﻳﺎ
ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺮﺍ ﺣﺔﻭﺕ ﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﺣﺔﺳﺔﻥ
to substitute (ﻩH) for (ﺡH).1)
ﺮﺍﺧﻴ
D
A voiceless velar fricative consonant 1) CH as in German Bach D as in Dad 2)
ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺭ
R
R as in brain
ﺳﺔﺭ
ﺭﹺ
ﺭﹺﺭﹺﻳﺮﹺ
R
Trilled R. 3) No equivalent in English. Like rr in Spanish
ﺯ
ﺯﺑﺰﺯ
Z
Z as in Zero
8
ﺥ
ﺧﺨﺦ
X
9
ﺩ
ﺩﺓﻣﺪﻳﺪ
10
ﺭ
11
12
1
3)
ﺩﺍﺭ
ﻄﺎﺭﹺﻳ
ﺯﺓﻧﻂ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
13
ﺫ
ﺫﺫﺫ
J
Equivalent to French J as in pleasure and measure
ﺫﻥ
14
ﺱ
ﺳﺴﺲ
S
S as in Sea
ﺳﺎﻝﹶ
15
ﺵ
ﺷﺸﺶ
Ş
SH as in Ship
ﺷﺎﺭ
16
ﻉ
ﻋﻌﻊ
AH
ﻍ
ﻏﻐﻎ
GH
18
ﻑ
ﻓﻔﻒ
F
F as in Feel
19
ﻅ
ﻇﻈﻆ
V
V as in Victory
ﻇﻴﺎﻥ
20
ﻕ
ﻗﻘﻖ
Q
ﻗﺔﻻﹶ
21
ك
K
Q as in Iraq 1) (local pronunciation) A voiceless uvular stop K as in Key
22
ﻁ
ﻃﻄﻂ
G
G as in Girl, gas
ﻃﻮﻝﹶ
23
ﻝ
ﻟﻠﻞ
L
L as in Lot, Lost
ﻟﻮﻭﺕ
24
ﻝﹶ
ﻟﹶﻠﹶﻞﹶ
Ł
Like the dull ‘L’ of English as in all, college
ﺩﻝﹶ
25
ﻡ
ﳑﻢ
M
M as in Me
ﻣﺎﻝﹶ
26
ﻥ
ﻧﻨﻦ
N
N as in Not
ﻧﺎﻭ
27
ﻭ
ﻭﺑﻮﻭ
W
W as in Wear, tower
4)
ﻭﻳﺴﱳ
28
ﻩ
ﻫﻬﻪ
H
H as in Hot, Handsome
ﻫﺔﺭﻣﻲ
29
ﻱ
ﻳﻴﻲ
Y
Y as in Yard, play
17
※ Vowels are continued in the next page.
2
A voiced velar fricative No equivalent in English
1)
A voiced velar fricative No equivalent in English
1)
,ﻋﺎﺭﺓﻕ ﻋﻴﺴﺎ ﻐﺔﻣﺒﺔﺭﺛﻴ ﺷﱳﻓﺮﻭ
4)
ﻛﻮﺭﺩ
ﻳﺔﻙ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
ٍSimple Vowels 0
N/A
UE as in dialogue, fatigue Also, consider the vowel sound made in “good”, “fallen” or “handle” 5) A long vowel as in market, arm
I
N/A
1
ﺍ
ﺋﺎﺍﺍ
A
2
ﺓ
ﺋﺔﺓ
E
A short vowel as in 1) hot (in most cases) 2) ugly, but (e.g. )ﻭﺓﻛﻮ
ﺑﺮﻧﺞ [bı-rın-jı]
ﺋﺎﻭ ﺋﺎﲰﺎﻥ ﺋﺔﻭ
3) guess (e.g. )ﻃﺔﱎ6)
3
ﻭ
ﺋﻮﺭﻭ
U
U as in Put, Pull
ﺋﻮﺗﻮﻭ
4
ﻭﻭ
ﺋﻮﺑﻮ
Ũ
OO as in boot
ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
5
ﻱ
ﻳﻴﻲ
Î
EE as in feet, tree
6
ﻱ
ﻲﻴﺋﻴ
Ê
E as in End, hen
7
ﺅ
ﺋﺆﺅﺅ
O
O as in poke, token
ﻣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰ ﺖﺑﻴ ﻞﻣﺒﻴﺗﻮﺋﻮ
ٍComplex Vowels 1
ﺋﺔﻱ
AY
AY as in May, Way
2
ﻳﻮ
YO
YO as in Yogurt
3
ﺋﻮ
YU
4
ﻳﺔ
YA / YE
5
ﻭﺍ
WA
YU as in You; UE as in que 1) if in ending or before vowel, YA as in Yahoo 2) if before consonant, YE as in Yes WA as in Washington
6
ﻭﺓ
WE
WA as in War, Wash
7
ﻭﻱ
WI
WI as in We, Wii
ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
8
ﻭﻱ
WÊ
WE as in Weapon
ﺩﺓﻣﺔﻭﻱ
3
ﻛﺔﻱ ﺣﺔﻧﻨﺎﻳﻮ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻫﺔﻳﺔ ﻳﺔﻙ ﻭﺍﺑﺰﺍﱎ ﻣﻴﻮﺓ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Note: 1) “”ﺡ, “”ﺥ, “”ﻕ, “ ”ﻉand “ ”ﻍsounds don’t exist in English. Even peculiar Kurdish words don’t include “”ﺡ, “”ﻕ, “ ”ﻉand “”ﻍ. However, since there are many Arabic words mixed in the everyday Kurdish language, these letters and sounds need to be familiarized. 2) In some parts of Kurdistan (e.g. Suli, Kirkuk) the letter D is often softened to the point of being inaudible. The most prominent example of this case is the present modal prefix “”ﺩﺓ.
( ﺩﺓﺿﻢStandard) = ( ﺋﺔﺿﻢSulemaniya Dialect) ( ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍStandard) = ( ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺎSulemaniya Dialect) 3) In Kurdish, no words begin with “”ﺭ, all initial Rs are trilled “”ﺭﹺ. Though the “٧” sign (to signify trilled R) is rarely marked when “ ”ﺭﹺcomes as an initial letter, the initial Rs always mean “”ﺭﹺ.
ﺷﻨﺒﲑﻱﺷﻨﺒﲑﻱ = ﺭِﻭﺭﻭ
| ﺫﺫ = ﺭﹺﻭﺭﻭ
4) In Kurdish, “( ”ﻭw & u) and “( ”ﻱy & i) can be treated as either a noun or a vowel. Vowel “”ﻭ
Consonant “”ﻭ
Vowel “”ﻱ
Consonant “”ﻱ
ﺋﻮﺗﻮﻭ
ﻭﻳﺴﱳ
ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻱ
ﻳﺎﺳﺎ
u-too n. iron
wi-steun v. to want
een-glee-zi n. English
ya-sa n. law
5) This is the only vowel not indicated in the Kurdish writing system. a. When there are two consecutive consonants, this vowel is used. b. ًWhen a consonant is alone or placed at the end without any adjacent vowel, this vowel is recognized. Alone Consonant Ending Consecutive Consonants Consonant Ending
ﺙ
With Vowel
[pue]
ﻃﺮﻧﻂ
[geu-reun-gue]
ﺑﺮﻧﺞ
[beu-reun-jue]
4
[pee]
Vowel Ending
ﻃﺮﻧﻄﺔ
[geu-reun-ga]
Mixed with Vowels
ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺ
[ba-za-rrue]
Consonant Ending W/ Preceding Vowel
[ ﻓﺔﺭﻫﺔﻧﻂfe-reu-hen-gue]
ﺛﻲ
ﻙ[ ﻧﻴﻨﻮnee-nok]
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 6) In general, Kurdish letters are pronounced as written. This “ ”ﺓvowel, however, can have different sounds in certain cases. In general Short “a” sound “ə” sound “ê” sound
ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ ﻭﺓﻛﻮ ﻃﺔﱎ ﻃﺔﺭﻡ
[ge-u-re] [de-reu-ga] [wə-ku] [gê-neum] [gê-reum]
7) When “”ﺍ, “”ﺓ, “ ”ﻭand “ ”ﻱbecome the initial letter of a word, the Hamze ” ”ﺀis necessary. Beginning
Middle or End
ﺍ
ﺋﺎﻭ
ﻛﺮﺍ,ﺩﺍﺭ
ﺓ
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ
ﺑﺔ,ﻭﺓﺭﺓ
ﻭ
ﻞﺗﻴﺋﻮ
ﺙﺗﻮ
ﻱ
ﺮﺓﺋﻴ
ﱄﹶ,ﻢﺩﻳ
When “ ”ﻭand “ ”ﻱare the initial letter of a word as a vowel, they are also written with the Hamze ””ﺀ. As consonant
As vowel
ﻭ
ﻨﺔﻭﻳ
ﺋﻮﺗﻮﻭ
ﻱ
ﻳﺎﺭﻱ
ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻱ
5
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
READING EXERCISE
English Meaning
Kurdish
Pronunciation
eye
ﺿﺎﻭ
cha-.u
fruit
ﻣﻴﻮﺓ
mee.we
carrot
ﺰﺓﺭﻃﻴ
gê.ze.reu
almond
ﺑﺎﺩﺓﻡ
ba-.dem
ear
ﻃﻮﻱ
gyu.ê
health
ﺗﺔﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﱵ
genius
ﺑﻠﻴﻤﺔﺕ
bıl.ee.met
ﺋﺎﺳﻮﻭﺩﺓ
a-.soo.de
comfortable doctor nice dangerous
ﺛﺰﻳﺸﻚ ﺵﺧﻮ ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎﻙ
ten.dru.stee
pı.zee.shık xo.shı / kho.shı tı.rı.sı.na-k
salty
َﺮﺓﺳﻮﻳ
su.ê.re
sleep
ﺧﺔﻭﺗﻦ
xe.u.tın / khe.u.tın
never
ﻫﺔﺭﻃﻴﺰ
he.rı.gee.zı
miracle
ﻣﻮﻋﺠﻴﺰﺓ
mu.ahı.jee.ze
prophet
ﻐﺔﻣﺒﺔﺭﺛﻴ
pe.ghem.be.rı
English Meaning
Kurdish
Pronunciation
an egg
ﻠﻜﺔﻳﺔﻙﻫﻴ
a book
ﻚﺒﻴﻛﺘﻴ
kı.tê.bêk
the book
ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻛﺘﻴ
kı.tê.be.ke
the egg on the table a good day Tell me. Listen to me. I’m going to bazaar. When do you come back?
ﺰﺓﻛﺔﻠﻜﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ ﻣﻴﻫﻴ ﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺵﺫﻳﺭﹺﻭ .ﻢ ﺑﻠﻲﺛﻴ .ﻢ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻄﺮﺓﻃﻮﻳ . ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺﺩﺓﺿﻢ ﺑﻮ ﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓ؟ﻛﺔﻱ ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻳ 6
hêl.ke.yêk
hêl.ke.ke le.se.rı.mê.ze.ke ro.zhê.kee.ba-.shı pêm.bı.lê gyu.êm.lê.bı.gı.re de.chım.bo.ba-.za-.rı kay.de.ge.rê.ee.te.we?
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
2. GRAMMATICAL UNITS THE PARTS OF SPEECH Traditional grammar classifies words based on eight parts of speech: the verb()ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ, the noun()ﻧﺎﻭ, the pronoun(ﻨﺎﻭ)ﺟﻴ, the adjective()ﺋﺎﻭﺓﻟﹶﻨﺎﻭ, the adverb()ﺋﺎﻭﺓﻟﹶﻔﺮﻣﺎﻥ, the preposition(ﺪﺓﻭﺍﺫﺓﻛﺎﻥ)ﺯﻳ, the conjunction(ﱵ)ﻳﺔﻛﻴ, and the interjection ()ﻗﺴﺔﻫﺔﻟﹶﺪﺍﻥ. Verb ()ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ: Verbs expresses existence, action, or occurrence.
ﺳﺔﺭ ﻛﺔﻭﺗﻦto climb, ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥto eat, ﺛﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓto clean, ﺑﻮﻭﻥto be Noun ()ﻧﺎﻭ: Nouns are words that name people, places or things.
ﻞ ﺋﺆﺗﺆﻣﺒﻴcar, ﻭﻻﹶﺕcountry, ﺫﻥwife, ﻛﺎﺕhour Pronoun (ﻨﺎﻭ)ﺟﻴ: Pronouns substitutes for nouns or noun phrases and designates persons or things asked for, previously specified, or understood from the context. ﻤﺔ ﺋﻴwe, ﺗﻮyou, ﻡ ﺧﻮmyself Adjective ()ﺋﺎﻭﺓﻟﹶﻨﺎﻭ: Adjectives modify nouns.
ﺑﺎﺵgood, ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙsmart, ﺳﺎﺭﺩcold, ﺮﺍ ﺧﻴquick Adverb ()ﺋﺎﻭﺓﻟﹶﻔﺮﻣﺎﻥ: Adverbs modify verb and adjectives.
ﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺔ ﺧﻴquickly, ﻫﺔﻣﻴﺸﺔalways, ﻧﺰﻳﻜﺔﻳﻲapproximately Preposition (ﺪﺓﻭﺍﺫﺓﻛﺎﻥ)ﺯﻳ: A word or phrase placed typically before a substantive and indicating the relation of that substantive to a verb, an adjective, or another substantive, as English at, by, with, from, and in regard to. ﺑﻮto, ﻟﺔin/at, ﺑﺔby/with, ﻟﺔ ﺳﺔﺭon Determiner: The functional category that is most closely associated with nouns. ﺓﻛﺔthe, ﻚ ﻳa/an, ﻚ ﻫﺔﻧﺪﻳsome, ﻨﺞ ﺿﻞ ﻭ ﺛﻴforty-five Conjunction (ﱵ)ﻳﺔﻛﻴ: Conjunction serves to connect words, phrases, clauses, or sentences.
ﻭand, ﺑﺔﻻﹶﻡbut, ﻳﺔ ﺑﻮtherefore Interjection ()ﻗﺴﺔﻫﺔﻟﹶﺪﺍﻥ: Interjection usually expresses emotion and is capable of standing alone. ﻱ ﺋﻮoh, ﺑﺔﺧﻮﺍreally?, ﻳﺔﻟﹶﻼcome on! 7
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
THE PARTS OF THE SENTENCE The parts of the sentence are a set of terms for describing how people construct sentences from smaller pieces. There is not a direct correspondence between the parts of the sentence and the parts of speech – the subject of a sentence, for example, could be a noun, a pronoun, or even an entire phrase or clause.
SUBJECT( ) ﺑﻜﺔﺭAND PREDICATE( ) ﻃﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ Every complete sentence contains two parts: a subject( )ﺑﻜﺔﺭand a predicate()ﻃﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ. The subject is what (or whom) the sentence is about, while the predicate (which always includes the verb) tells something about the subject. In the following sentences, the predicate is underlined, while the subject is highlighted. Azad runs. Azad and his friends run at the park every day.
ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﹺﺍ ﺩﺓﻛﺎ ﻜﺎﱐﻚ ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻭﺭﹺﻳﺫﻳﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ ﺭﹺﻭ ﻟﺔ ﺛﺎﺭﻛﺔﻛﺔ ﺭﹺﺍ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ
OBJECTS( ) ﺑﺔﺭﻛﺎﺭAND COMPLEMENTS( ) ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭﻛﺔﺭ
OBJECTS( ) ﺑﺔﺭﻛﺎﺭ A verb may be accompanied by an object that completes the verb's meaning. Two kinds of objects may come with verbs: 1) direct objects and 2) indirect objects. To determine if a verb has a direct object, isolate the verb and make it into a question by placing "whom?" or "what?" after it. The answer, if there is one, is the direct object: My mom cooked dolma. Sangar gave her the book.
ﳌﺔﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ ﺩﻭ ﻲ ﺩﺍﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﺛﻴﺳﺔﻧﻄﺔﺭ ﻛﺘﻴ
In the first example, “dolma” is the direct object.
※ Dolma is a famous local Kurdish food (a stuffed vegetable, especially a grape leaf or cabbage leaf, onion, eggplants and zucchini cooked with a filling of ground meat, herbs, or rice.).
In the second example, “the book” is the direct object and “her” is the indirect object.
8
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
COMPLEMENTS( ) ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭﻛﺔﺭ In addition to the transitive verb and the intransitive verb, there is a third kind of verb, called the linking verb. The word (or phrase) which comes together with a linking verb is not an object, but a complement. A subject complement can be a noun, an adjective, or a prepositional phrase. The most common linking verb is ""ﺑﻮﻭﻥ, which is equivalent to “to be” in English. Hewa is a student. Hewa is a Kurdish. Hewa is smart. Hewa is handsome. Hewa is here. Hewa is in school.
ﻫﻴﻮﺍ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﻴﺔ ﻫﻴﻮﺍ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓ ﻫﻴﻮﺍ ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺔ ﻫﻴﻮﺍ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺮﺓﻳﺔﻫﻴﻮﺍ ﻟﻴ ﻫﻴﻮﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺔﲞﺎﻧﺔﻳﺔ
TRAITS OF KURDISH ENDINGS In Kurdish, both nouns and verbs are combined with various endings. Articles (e.g. a, the) and possessives (e.g. my) are added to the end of the noun as suffixes. The verb conjugations are complicated since they embrace not only tenses, but also subjective and objective pronouns as well. ARTICLES/POSSESSIVES/DEMONSTRATIVES book
ﺐﻛﺘﻴ
his book
ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱﻛﺘﻴ
books
ﺒﺎﻥﻛﺘﻴ
his books
ﺒﺔﻛﺎﱐﻛﺘﻴ
a book
ﻚﺒﻴﻛﺘﻴ
this book
ﺒﺔﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﺘﻴ
the book
ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻛﺘﻴ
that book
ﺒﺔﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﺘﻴ
the books
ﺒﺔﻛﺎﻥﻛﺘﻴ
these books
ﺒﺎﻧﺔﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﺘﻴ
VERB CONJUGATIONS See (infinitive) I see. I see you. I don’t see. I don’t see you.
I saw.
ﺑﻴﻨﲔ
I saw you.
ﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻡ ﺑﻴﲏﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ
I didn’t see you.
ﻡ ﻧﺔﺑﻴﲏﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ
ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺑﻴﻨﻢ
I have seen.
ﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻮﺓﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ
ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺗﺒﻴﻨﻢ
I had seen.
ﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺒﻮﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ
ﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻢ
9
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
WORD ORDER The general rule is Subject – Object – Verb. When the subject is a pronoun, however, it is often omitted (Object – Verb). In Kurdish, a verb alone can make a complete sentence as it is always combined with the subject pronominal enclitic (=bound pronoun). When the object is a pronoun, it can also be attached to the verb in the form of bound pronoun. Subject – Object – Verb The girl sees the boy. She sees the boy.
ﺖﻛﻀﺔﻛﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺓﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻴ ﺖﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺓﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻴ
She sees him.
ﺖ)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻴ
She sees him.
ﺖﺩﺓﻳﺒﻴﻨﻴ
INDEPENDENT PRONOUNS AND BOUND PRONOUNS In Kurdish, there are two different types of personal pronouns: §
Independent (ﺳﺔﺭﺑﺔﺧﻮ
§
Bound (ﻟﻜﺎﻭ
ﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ)ﺟﻴ
ﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ)ﺟﻴ
Subjective Independent Pronoun is often omitted while Subjective Bound Pronoun(underlined) is always placed in a verb conjugation. With Independent Subject
Without Independent Subject
I understand
.ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻡﻣﻦ ﺗﻴ
.ﰐﹶ ﺩﺓﻃﺔﻡ
You understand
.ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﺖ ﺗﻴﺗﻮ
.ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﺖﺗﻴ
She understands
.ﺪﺓﻃﺎﺕﺋﺔﻭ ﺗﻴ
.ﺪﺓﻃﺎﺕﺗﻴ
We understand
.ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﻦﻤﺔ ﺗﻴﺋﻴ
.ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻳﻦﺗﻴ
They understand
.ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻥﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻴ
.ﺪﺓﻃﺔﻥﺗﻴ
※ Subjective Bound Pronoun(Subjective BP) can be considered as a verb suffix that conjugates depending on the subject status.
10
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
PREPOSITIONS AND POSTPOSITIONS In Kurdish, prepositions ( ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ, ﻟﺔ, ﺑﺔetc.) are often followed by their corresponding postpositions to envelop a word or a phrase. The preposition itself marks the beginning of the prepositional phrase, and the end of the complement is marked by a postpositional element. Come with me.
.ﻭﺓﺭﺓ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻟﹶﻤﺪﺍ
He came from Hawler
.ﺮﺓﻭﺓ ﻫﺎﺗﻮﻭﺓﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﻴ
VERB TYPES Kurdish verbs can be classified in different ways. By necessity of the object
ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
-
Linking Verb
(equivalent to the “to be” verb in English)
-
Intransitive: to go ﺿﻮﻭﻥ, to leave ﻳﺸﱳ ﺭﹺﻭ, to sleep
-
Transitive: to eat
ﻧﻮﺳﱳ, to stay ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ
ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ, to see ﺑﻴﻨﲔ, to sell ﺷﱳ ﻓﺮﻭ, to study ﻨﺪﻥﺧﻮﻳ
By number of meaningful words in a verb -
Simple: A verb with one meaningful word o
to go
ﺿﻮﻭﻥ, to eat ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
-
Complex: A verb with [a meaningful word] + [a meaningless prefix/suffix]
-
Compound: A verb with more than two meaningful words.
o o
to run
ﺭﹺﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ, to elect ﻫﺔﻝﹶ ﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ
to listen
ﱄﹶً ﻃﺮﺗﻦﻃﻮﻱ, to start ً ﻛﺮﺩﻥﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﺛﻲ
It is important to understand the verb types, since the verb conjugations are quite different in each case. Even when you memorize vocabulary words, it is better to memorize intransitive verbs and transtive verbs separately until you become comfortable with their conjugations. More details will be covered in later chapters.
11
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
3. THE NOUN PHRASE NOUN SUFFIXES THE ABSOLUTE STATE (W ITHOUT ANY SUFFIX) A Kurdish noun in the absolute state (lexical form; without any ending of any kind) gives a generic sense of the noun. Sky is blue.
.ﺋﺎﲰﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﻨﺔ
CARDINAL NUMBERS The cardinal numbers are as follows: 1
١
ﻳﺔﻙ
11
١١
ﻳﺎﺯﺩﺓ
21
٢١
ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺔﻙ
0
٠
ﺳﻔﺮ
2
٢
ﺩﻭﻭ
12
١٢
ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﺓ
22
٢٢
ﺑﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻭ
200
٢٠٠
ﺩﻭﻭ ﺳﺔﺩ
3
٣
ﺳﻲ
13
١٣
ﺰﺩﺓﺳﻴ
30
٣٠
ﺳﻲ
1,000
١,٠٠٠
ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ
١٤
ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ
40
٤٠
ﺿﻞ
10,000
١٠٠٠٠
ﺩﺓ ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ
١٠٠٠٠٠٠ ﻥﻣﻠﻴﻮ ٢٥٠ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺳﺔﺩ ﻭ ﺛﺔﳒﺎ
4
٤
ﺿﻮﺍﺭ
14
5
٥
ﻨﺞﺛﻴ
15
١٥
ﺛﺎﺯﺩﺓ
50
٥٠
ﺛﺔﳒﺎ
1,000,000
6
٦
ﺷﺔﺵ
16
١٦
ﺷﺎﺯﺩﺓ
60
٦٠
ﺷﺔﺳﺖ
250
7
٧
ﺣﺔﻭﺕ
17
١٧
ﺣﺔﻇﺪﺓ
70
٧٠
ﺣﺔﻓﺘﺎ
500
٥٠٠
ﻨﺞ ﺳﺔﺩﺛﻴ
١٨
ﻫﺔﺫﺩﺓ
80
٨٠
ﻫﺔﺷﺘﺎ
750
٧٥٠
ﺣﺔﻭﺕ ﺳﺔﺩ ﻭ ﺛﺔﳒﺎ
ﻧﺔﻭﺓﺩ
1,250
١,٢٥٠
ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺑﻊ
2,500
٢,٥٠٠
ﻨﺞ ﺳﺔﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺛﻴ
8
٨
ﻫﺔﺷﺖ
18
9
٩
ﻧﻮ
19
١٩
ﺯﺩﺓﻧﻮ
90
٩٠
10
١٠ ﺩﺓ
20
٢٠
ﺑﻴﺴﺖ
100
١٠٠ ﺳﺔﺩ
§
All words having to do with time and instance follow the cardinal number immediately in the absolute state: six months
§
four days
ﺷﺔﺵ ﻣﺎﻧﻂ
ﺫﺿﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﹺٍﻭ
The cardinal number can be followed by a classifier, which is also followed by the singular noun in the absolute state. Common Classifiers
Examples
For counting people
ﻧﺎﻓﺔﺭ,ﻛﺔﺱ
ten people
ﺩﺓ ﻧﺎﻓﺔﺭ,ﺩﺓ ﻛﺔﺱ
For counting animals
ﺳﺔﺭ
five sheep
ﻨﺞ ﺳﺔﺭ ﻣﺔﺭﹺﺛﻴ
For counting things
ﺩﺍﻧﺔ
three books
ﺐ )ﺩﺍﻧﺔ( ﻛﺘﻴﺳﻲ
12
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar ※ For counting people or animals, classifiers are used in most cases. ※ For counting things the classifier is optional. It is okay to say without “”ﺩﺍﻧﺔ.
THE INDEFINITIVE STATE ( ﻚ) ﻳﺔﻙ | ﻳ §
The Indefinitive state of noun is equivalent to “a/an + noun” in English.
§
-(y)ek (ﻚ ﻳ- after consonants & “”ﻭ, “”ﻱ, ﻳﺔﻙ- after “”ﺍ, “ ”ﺓ,“ ”ﻭand “ )”ﻱis added to the end of the absolute singular noun.
§
The Indefinitive plural is formed by adding –an( ﺍﻥ-) to the absolute noun.
Absolute State
Indefinitive Singular
Indefinitive Plural
man
ﺛﻴﺎﻭ
a man
ﻚﺛﻴﺎﻭﻳ
men
ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺍﻥ
day
ﺫﺭﹺﻭ
a day
ﻚﺫﻳﺭﹺﻭ
days
ﺫﺍﻥﺭﹺﻭ
door
ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ
a door
ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺔﻙ
doors
ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺎﻥ
letter
ﻧﺎﻣﺔ
a letter
ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻙ
letters
ﻧﺎﻣﺎﻥ
※ Vowel “ ”ﻱis added where two vowels conflict.
ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﺩﺭﻭ ﺩﺓ ﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ
QUANTIFIERS FOR INDEFINITIVE NOUNS In Kurdish, some quantifiers demand that the following noun be Indefinitive. Indefinitive Quantifiers a few every / all
Examples
ﺿﺔﻧﺪ ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ
a few men
ﻚﺿﺔﻧﺪ ﺛﻴﺎﻭﻳ
every day
ﻚﺫﻳﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ ﺭﹺﻭ ﻚﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ ﺟﺎﺭﻳ
all the time What? each
What page?
ﺽ
each direction
ﻫﺔﺭ
every person
13
ﺽ ﻻﺛﺔﺭﹺﺓﻳﺔﻙ ﻫﺔﺭ ﻻﻳﺔﻙ ﻚﻫﺔﺭ ﻛﺔﺳﻴ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
NUMBER + “ ” ﺍﻥ Meaning
Combination
Suffix
Number
ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ
ﺍﻥ
ﺩﺓ
thousands of
ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺍﻥ
ﺍﻥ
ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭ
hundreds of
ﺳﺔﺩﺍﻥ
ﺍﻥ
ﺳﺔﺩ
Combination
Suffix
Number
daily/every day
ﺫﺍﻧﺔﺭﹺﻭ
ﺍﻧﺔ
ﺫﺭﹺﻭ
weekly / every week
ﻫﺔﻓﺘﺎﻧﺔ
ﺍﻧﺔ
ﻫﺔﻓﺘﺔ
monthly / every month
ﻣﺎﻧﻄﺎﻧﺔ
ﺍﻧﺔ
ﻣﺎﻧﻂ
tens of
DAY + “ ” ﺍﻧﺔ Meaning
THE DEFINITIVE STATE ( ) ﺓﻛﺔ §
The definitive state of noun is equivalent to “the + a noun” in English.
§
The definitive singular is made by adding – aka ()ﺓﻛﺔ.
§
o
ﺓﻛﺔ- after consonants, ” ”ﻭand ””ﻱ
o
ﻛﺔ- after ””ﺍ, “”ﺓ, ” ”ﻭand “”ﻱ
The definitive plural is made by adding – akan ()ﺓﻛﺎﻥ.
Absolute State man American student girl door window village
ﺛﻴﺎﻭ ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﰊ ﻛﺾ ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎ ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓ ﺩﻱ
Definitive Singular the man the American the student the girl the door the window the village
ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺓﻛﺔ ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻴﺔﻛﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺔ ﻛﻀﺔﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔ ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﻜﺔﺩﻳ 14
Definitive Plural the men the Americans the students the girls the doors the windows the villages
ﺛﻴﺎﻭﺓﻛﺎﻥ ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻀﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺎﻥ ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓﻛﺎﻥ ﻜﺎﻥﺩﻳ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
DEMONSTRATIVES In Kurdish demonstratives can be expressed in two different forms. § §
standalone pronoun adjective, which breaks into two parts and envelops a noun by attaching the first part before the noun and the second part to the end of the noun. Pronoun Form
this / these that / those
Adjective Form
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﺋﺔﻭﺓ
ﺋﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ
ﺋﺔﻡ___ﺓ ﺋﺔﻭ___ﺓ
ﺋﺔﻡ___ﺍﻧﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ___ﺍﻧﺔ
Demonstrative pronouns take the place of nouns. Give me the red pen. Give me this.
ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﺔ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﺑﺪﺓﺭﻱ ﺋﺔﻣﺔﻡ ﺑﺪﺓﺭﻱ
Is that your son?
ﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺗﺔ
What are those?
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺿﲔ؟
Demonstrative adjectives modify a noun. How much is this pen? How much is this red pen? How much is those pens?
ﺋﺔﻡ ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﺔ ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟ ﺋﺔﻡ ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﺔ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟ ﺋﺔﻡ ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺔﺿﺔﻧﺪﻥ؟
Who is that boy?
ﻴﺔ؟ﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺓ ﻛﻴ
This place is nice.
ﺷﺔ؟ﻨﺔ ﺧﻮﺋﺔﻣﺸﻮﻳ
15
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
PERSONAL PRONOUNS In Kurdish, personal pronouns have two forms: 1) Independent & 2) Enclitic (Bound)
INDEPENDENT PRONOUN ( ﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ ﺳﺔﺭﺑﺔﺧ ﻮ) ﺟ ﻴ
Singular st
Plural
1 person
I:Me
ﻣﻦ ﺋﺔﻣﻦ
We:Us
ًﻤﺔﺋﻴ ﺋﺔﻣﺔ
2nd person
You(sng):You(sng)
ﻮ ﺗ ﺋﺔﺗﻮ ﺋﺔﺗﻮﻭ
You(pl):You(pl)
ًﻮﺓﺋﻴ ﺋﺔﻧﻄﻮ
3rd person
He/She/It:Him/Her/It
ﺋﺔﻭ
They:Them
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ
※ The words in the gray box represent local dialects, mostly Hawleri style. ※ sng = singular, pl = plural
TRAITS OF INDEPENDENT PRONOUN §
Unlike English, subjective pronouns and objective pronouns are the same. Subjective Pronouns I am a student.
We are going to Bazzar.
Objective Pronouns Is this for them?
.ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﻢ . ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺﻤﺔ ﺩﺓﺿﲔ ﺑﻮﺋﻴ
He loves me.
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ؟ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﺑﻮ .ﺵ ﺩﺓﻭﻱﺋﺔﻭ ﻣﻦﻱ ﺧﻮ
§
For subjective cases, these independent pronouns are often omitted. Especially when speaking, it is more common not to mention the personal pronoun subject, unless the subjective entity is to be emphasized.
§
Even when there is no subject, the subjective suffix (=the bound pronoun) attached to the verb, will voice the subject of the sentence.
§
Noun subject is never omitted. J
16
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
BOUND PRONOUN ( ﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻛﺔﺳﻴﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﻭ ) ﺟ ﻴFOR VERB CONJUGATION Both subjective and objective bound pronouns may take one of these two forms: Set I or Set II. Set I
Set II
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
1st person
ﻡ
m
ﻳﻦ
een
ﻡ
m
ﻣﺎﻥ
man
2nd person
ﻳﺖ\ﻱ
eet/ee
ﻥ
n
ﺕ
t
ﺗﺎﻥ
tan
3rd person
ﺖ\ﻱﻳ
êt/ê
ﻥ
n
ﻱ
y
ﻳﺎﻥ
Yan
※ The correct bound pronoun set (Set I or Set II) – for both the subject and the object is decided according to the following conditions: ※ The verb’s type (transitive, intransitive or irregular) ※ The verb’s tense (present or past) ※ The existence of independent object (noun or independent pronoun) or preverbal element.
SUBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUN In Kurdish the subject (regardless of being omitted or indicated) is always coupled with a pronominal enclitic (= Subjective Bound Pronoun) at some part of the verbal conglomerate (e.g. the verb, any preverbal prefixes, compounding agent). The girl studies math. She studies math. She studied math. (Past tense) They ran. (Past tense)
.ﺖﻨﻴﻛﻀﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻳ .ﺖﻨﻴ)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻳ .ﻨﺪ)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﻳ .)ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ( ﺭﹺﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ
OBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUN Also, when the object is a pronoun, the sentence can be rewritten with its corresponding pronominal enclitic (= objective bound pronoun). He sees us. (Present Tense)
Independent Pronoun Object Bound Pronoun Object
With Subject
Without Subject
.ﺖﻤﺔ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻴﺋﺔﻭ ﺋﻴ
.ﺖﻤﺔ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻴﺋﻴ
.ﺖﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨﻴ
.ﺖﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨﻴ
17
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar They see you. (Present Tense)
Independent Pronoun Object Bound Pronoun Object
With Subject
Without Subject
. ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻦﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻮ
. ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻦﺗﻮ
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻦ
.ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻦ
They saw you. (Simple Past Tense)
Independent Pronoun Object Bound Pronoun Object
With Subject
Without Subject
.ﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﲏﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺗﻮ
.ﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﲏﺗﻮ
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﺎﻥ
.ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻴﺎﻧﻴﺖ \ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﻴﺎﻥ
※ Details will be discussed thoroughly in later chapters.
IZAFE GENERAL RULE
THE IZAFE(= LINKING VOWEL:
)ﻱ
CONSTRUCTION
The Izafe links the two parts of a possessive construction and is equivalent to the English ‘of.’ The Izafe is written as “ ”ﻱand added directly to the first part of the construction. the students of a school a door of the house the lessons of this book
ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﻥﻱ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔ ﺒﺔﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﺘﻴ
ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔﻛﺎﻥﻱ
WITH ATTRIBUTIVE ADJECTIVES The Izafe also links adjectives and nouns.
※ When noun-adjective constructions are enveloped by the demonstratives (e.g. on page 15) or modified by the definitive suffix (e.g. vowel, Izafe changes from “ ”ﻱto “”ﺓ. Examples are followed in the next page.
18
ﺓﻛﺔ
ﺋﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ
on page 14), the linking
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar a. Kurdish girl (in general, absolute form)
ﻛﻀﻲ ﻛﻮﺭﺩ
b. Kurdish girl (in general, absolute form)
ﻛﻀﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩ
c. A Kurdish girl (indefinitive) (common)
ﻜﻲ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻛﻀﻴ
d. A Kurdish girl (indefinitive) (rarely used)
ﻚﻛﻀﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳ
e. The Kurdish girl (definitive)
ﻛﻀﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓﻛﺔ
f. This Kurdish girl (demonstrative)
ﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﻀﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺓ
※ Example a & b and c & d are interchangeable respectively.
a good hotel
a long letter
ﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺵﻠﻴﺗﻴ(ﻫﻮcorrect) ﻚﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺗﻴ(ﻫﻮwrong)
easy lessons
ﻚًﺬﻳ(ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔ ﺩﺭﻳwrong) the big house
(ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔﻛﺎﱐ ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻥwrong) (ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔ ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﻥcorrect)
this easy lesson
ًﺬ(ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻛﻲ ﺩﺭﻳcorrect) (ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔﻱ ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓwrong) (ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓ ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔcorrect)
these big houses
ﺋﺔﻡ ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔ ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺔ
ﺋﺔﻡ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓ ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺍﻧﺔ
ORDINAL NUMBERS The ordinal numbers are as follows: 1st 2
nd
3
rd
4th 5
th
6
th
7
th
8
th
ﻳﺔﻛﺔﻡ
9th 10
th
ﻴﺔﻡﺳﻴ
11
th
ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺓﻡ
12th
ﺩﻭﻭﺓﻡ
ﻨﺠﺔﻡﺛﻴ ﺷﺔﺷﺔﻡ ﺣﺔﻭﺗﺔﻡ ﻫﺔﺷﺘﺔﻡ
ﻳﺔﻡﻧﻮ
17th
ﺣﺔﻇﺪﺓﻳﺔﻡ
ﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
18
th
ﻫﺔﺫﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
ﻳﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
19
th
ﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡﻧﻮ
ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
20th
13
th
14
th
ﺿﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
15
th
ﺛﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
16
th
ﺷﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
th
100
ﺳﻴﺎﺯﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
th
1000
ﺑﻴﺴﺘﺔﻡ ﺳﺔﺩﺓﻣﲔ ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺓﻡ/ﻫﺔﺯﺍﺭﺓﻣﲔ
IZAFE W ITH ORDINAL NUMBERS The 2nd stage (sophomore) the 10
th
year
19
ﻗﺆﻧﺎﺧﻲ ﺩﻭﻭﺓﻡ ﺳﺎﻟﹶﻲ ﺩﺓﻳﺔﻡ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
POSSESSIVES POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS The normal possessive pronouns are enclitics added to the noun. They take the following forms: Singular st
1 person 2
Plural
my
ﻡ
our
ﻣﺎﻥ
nd
person
your
ﺕ
your
ﺗﺎﻥ
rd
person
his/her/its
ﻱ
their
ﻳﺎﻥ
3
GENERAL RULE In general, the enclitic possessive pronouns are added to the definitive form of the noun, next to – aka( )ﺓﻛﺔor akan( )ﺓﻛﺎﻥendings. your book his students
their pens
ًﺒﺔﻛﺔﺕﻛﺘﻴ
our bag
ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺑﻴﺔﻛﺎﱐ
ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺘﺎﻛﺔﻣﺎﻥ
EXCEPTIONS Prominent exceptions to the general formation are names, parents, homes, and body parts. For these cases, the enclitics are added to the absolute form of the noun. my hand
ﺩﺓﺳﺘﻢ
your house
ﻣﺎﻟﹶﺘﺎﻥ
your name
ﻧﺎﻭﺕ
my mother
ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ
our hourse
ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻤﺎﻥ
your father
ﺑﺎﻭﻛﺖ
For kinship terms (besides mother and father), both definitive and absolute forms are possible.
your sister my sons your brother
Definitive Form
Absolute Form
ﺧﻮﺷﻜﺔﻛﺔﺕ
ﺧﻮﺷﻜﺖ
ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺓﻛﺎﱎ
ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺍﱎ
ﺑﺮﺍﻛﺔﺕ
ﺑﺮﺍﺕ
20
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar If the 1st person possessive enclitic is attached to the definitive form of certain nouns, it often delivers rhetorical nuance. Regular Use
Rhetorical Use
my spirit
ﻃﻴﺎﻥﻡ
sweetie, my dear
ﻃﻴﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔﻡ
my eye
ﺿﺎﻭﻡ
sweetie, my dear
ﺿﺎﻭﺓﻛﺔﻡ
ﻫﺔﻧﺎﺳﺔﻡ
sweetie, my dear
ﻫﺔﻧﺎﺳﺔﻛﺔﻡ
ﺫﻳﺎﻥﻡ
sweetie, my dear
ﺫﻳﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔﻡ
my breath my life
※ The Kurdish language is very romantic. When you address a friend, a younger person, your student or someone close to you, it is preferred to use these expressioins, rather than call someone by one’s name.
THE IZAFE CONSTRUCTION The possessive noun phrase can also be constructed using Izafe. With Possessive Enclitic
With Izafe
ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻡﻛﺘﻴ
ﺐﻱ ﻣﻦﻛﺘﻴ
ﻭﺓﻻﹶﻣﺔﻛﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ
ﻭﺓﻻﹶﻣﻲ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ
ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺔﺕ
ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﻲ ﺗﻮ
my book their answers your pen
※ The Izafe possessive construction is used to emphasize or clarify the ownership to whom it belongs. In general, for speaking purposes, shortened enclitic form is preferred.
ONE’S ( ) ﻫﻲ Singular st
1 person 2
Plural
mine
ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ
ours
ًﻤﺔﻫﻲ ﺋﻴ
nd
person
yours
ﻫﻲ ﺗﻮ
yours
ﻮﺓﻫﻲ ﺋﻴ
rd
person
his/hers/its
ﻫﻲ ﺋﺔﻭ
theirs
ﻫﻲ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ
3
Is this yours? This book is mine. The pens are theirs.
ﻳﺔ؟ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻮ .ﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﺔﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﺘﻴ .ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﻦ 21
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS ( ) ﺧ ﻮ Singular st
1 person 2
Plural
myself
ﻡﺧﻮ
ourselves
ﻣﺎﻥﺧﻮ
nd
person
yourself
ﺕﺧﻮ
yourselves
ﺗﺎﻥﺧﻮ
rd
person
himself/herself
ﻱﺧﻮ
themselves
ﻳﺎﻥﺧﻮ
3
I’ll take a shower (I wash myself) You know it (by yourself), don’t you? Write your name (= the name of yourself) here!
ENCLITIC – ISH (
ﻳﺶ \ ﺵ
.ﻡﻡ ﺩﺓﺷﻮﻣﻦ ﺧﻮ ﻭﺍﻧﻴﺔ؟,ﺕ ﺩﺓﺯﺍﱐ ﺧﻮﺗﻮ !ﺮﺓ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﺔﺕ ﻟﻴﻧﺎﻭﻱ ﺧﻮ
)
The enclitic particle – ish ( ) ﻳﺶ \ ﺵhave the English meanings of too / also / even. It is added to nouns, noun-adjective phrases and pronouns. When added to words ending in vowels, – ish yields its own vowel in favor of the preceding vowel, becoming – sh. §
Add ﻳﺶto a noun or a pronoun that ends in a consonant.
§
Add ﺵto a noun or a pronoun that ends in a vowel. me this book
me too
ﻣﻦ
this book too
ﺒﺔﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﺘﻴ
ﻣﻨﻴﺶ ﺒﺔﺵﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﺘﻴ
When added to words that have a possessive pronoun enclitic, – ish intervenes in between the noun and the possessive enclitic. your father
ﺑﺎﻭﻛﺖ
my friends
ﻜﺔﻡﻫﺎﻭﺭﹺﻳ
your father too even my friends
ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻴﺸﺖ ﻜﺔﺷﻢﻫﺎﻭﺭﹺﻳ
※ Note that possessive enclitics are always added at the end of the noun phrase.
22
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
4. LINKING VERBS MOSTLY EQUIVALENT TO ‘TO BE’ IN ENGLISH The linking verbs (or the present tense copulas: ‘am, is, are’) consist of the following enclitics: Singular
Plural
1st person
(I) am
ﻡ
(We) are
ﻳﻦ
2nd person
(You) are
ﻱ\ﻳﺖ1)
(You) are
ﻥ
3rd person
(He) is
(They) are
ﻥ
ﺓ|ﻳﺔ
2)
1) The inherent ( )ﺕshown for the 2nd person singular is characteristic of literary Kurdish, and seldom appears in the informal spoken language. You are smart. ()ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ
.( ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻲ = )ﺗﻮ.( ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻴﺖ)ﺗﻮ
Where are you? ()ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻱ
ﻲ؟( ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻳﻴﺖ؟ = )ﺗﻮ( ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻳ)ﺗﻮ
2) The 3rd person singular linking verb is “”ﺓ. However, if the complement or adverbial phrase has a vowel ending, such as “”ﺓ, “ ”ﺍor “ َ”ﻭat the end, y[ee] ( )ﻱsound is inserted to induce an easier pronunciation. This is big. ()ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ She is a teacher. (ﺳﺘﺎ)ﻣﺎﻣﻮ
.ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓﻳﺔ .ﺳﺘﺎﻳﺔﺋﺔﻭ ﻣﺎﻣﻮ
3) When the 3rd person singular possessive enclitic( )ﻱis followed by the 3rd person singular ending ” ”ﺓ, a special form, “ ”ﻳﺔﰐis used. This is her book. (ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ)ﻛﺘﻴ This is her son. ()ﻛﻮﺭﹺ
.ﺒﻜﺔﻳﺔﰐﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﻴ .ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺓﻛﺔﻳﺔﰐ
For other cases of “”ﻳﺔﰐ, see the 3rd person singular Subjective BP of the Present Perfect tense on page 59 and Irregular Verbs on page 61. He had eaten. The child is hungry.
.)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﻳﺔﰐ .ﻣﻨﺪﺍﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻴﺔﰐ 23
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
NEGAT IVE STATEMENTS To negate a linking verb statement, add ( )ﱐto the linking verb. They are not smart. ()ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ He is not here. (ﺮﺓ)ﻟﻴ
. ﻥ ← ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻨﲔ+ )ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ( ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ ﱐ .َﺮﺓﻧﻴﺔ ﺓ ← ﻟﻴ+ ﺮﺓ ﱐ)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﻟﻴ
SENTENCES WIT H LINKING VERBS The linking verb can be combined with 1) an adjective phrase or 2) a noun phrase complement or 3) an adverbial phrase.
COMPLEMENT + LINKING VERB A complement relates to the subject: it describes the subject or identifies it (says who or what it is).
COMPLEMENT W ITH ADJECTIVE PHRASE She( )ﺋﺔﻭis( )ﺓpretty()ﺟﻮﺍﻥ. She( )ﺋﺔﻭis( )ﺓnot pretty()ﺟﻮﺍﻥ. You( )ﺗﻮare( )ﻳﺖbrave()ﺋﺎﺯﺍ. They( )ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥare( )ﻥsick(ﺵ)ﻧﺔﺧﻮ.
. ﺓ ← ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ+ )ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺟﻮﺍﻥ . ﺓ ← ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺔ+ ﱐ+ )ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺟﻮﺍﻥ . ﻳﺖ ← ﺋﺎﺯﺍﻳﺖ+ ( ﺋﺎﺯﺍ)ﺗﻮ .ﺷﻦ ﻥ ← ﻧﺔﺧﻮ+ ﺵ)ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ( ﻧﺔﺧﻮ
COMPLEMENT W ITH NOUN PHRASE We are( )ﻳﻦteachers(ﺳﺘﺎ)ﻣﺎﻣﻮ. We are( )ﻳﻦnot teachers(ﺳﺘﺎ)ﻣﺎﻣﻮ. She is( )ﺓmy wife()ﺫﻥ.
.ﺳﺘﺎﻳﻦ ﻳﻦ ← ﻣﺎﻣﻮ+ ﺳﺘﺎﻤﺔ( ﻣﺎﻣﻮ)ﺋﻴ .ﺳﺘﺎ ﻧﻴﲔ ﻳﻦ ← ﻣﺎﻣﻮ+ ﱐ+ ﺳﺘﺎﻤﺔ( ﻣﺎﻣﻮ)ﺋﻴ . ﺓ ← ﺫﳕﺔ+ )ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺫﱎ
ADVERBIAL + LINKING VERB I am( )ﻡat school()ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ.
. ﻡ ← ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔﻡ+ )ﻣﻦ( ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ
I am( )ﻡnot at school()ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ.
. ﻡ ← ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ ﻧﻴﻢ+ ﱐ+ )ﻣﻦ( ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ
My pen is( )ﺓon the red table(ﺰ)ﻣﻴ.
.ﺰﺓ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﻳﺔﻗﺔﻟﺔﻣﺔﻛﺔﻡ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ ﻣﻴ
24
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
SUMMARY This child is my son.
.ﺋﺔﻡ ﻣﻨﺪﺍﻟﹶﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﹺﻣﺔ
The red apple is yours.
.ﻳﺔﻮﺓ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻴ
Baktiyar and I are at the bazaar.
.ﺑﺔﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺﻳﻦ
※ When one’s nationality is the subject matter, it is also acceptable to add “ ”ﺓto the ending of the Linking Verb. (Especially for speaking, this way is more preferred. J) I am Korean. They are Japanese.
.ﺭﱘ = ﻛﻮ.ﺭﳝﺔﻛﻮ . = ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﲔ.ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﻨﺔ
I am not Chinese. We are not Kurdish.
. = ﺿﻴﲏ ﻧﻴﻢ.ﺿﻴﲏ ﻧﻴﻤﺔ . = ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﲔ.ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﻴﻨﺔ
EXERCISES Red dress is pretty. (in general) The red dress is pretty. (definitive)
.ﺟﻠﻲ ﺳﻮﻭﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ .ﺟﻠﺔ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ
The red dresses are pretty. (definitive plural)
.ﺟﻠﺔ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻦ
This red dress is pretty. (demonstrative)
.ﺋﺔﻡ ﺟﻠﺔ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ
Your red dress is pretty. (possessive)
.ﺟﻠﺔﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ
Red Kurdish dress is pretty. (in general) The red Kurdish dress is pretty. (definitive) This red Kurdish dress is pretty. (demonstrative) Your red Kurdish dress is pretty. (possessive) This is his daughter. This is my friend’s daughter. This is my father’s friend’s daughter. This pen is yours. The black, cool, fantastic pants are my sister’s. rd
We are Juniors(3 stage students) at Salahaddin University. Sangar and Hasan are my friends. You are not visible. (I haven’t seen you for a long time) 25
.ﺟﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺳﻮﻭﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ .ﺟﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ .ﺋﺔﻡ ﺟﻠﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ .ﺟﻠﺔ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻳﻴﺔﻛﺔﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ .ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻛﻀﻲ ﺋﺔﻭﺓ\ﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﻛﻀﻴﺔﰐ .ﻲ ﻣﻨﺔﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻛﻀﻲ ﻫﺎﻭﺭﻳ .ﻲ ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻤﺔﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻛﻀﻲ ﻫﺎﻭﺭﻳ .ﻳﺔﺋﺔﻡ ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻮ .ﻟﺔ ﺭﹺﺓﺵ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺧﻮﺷﻜﻤﺔﺋﺔﻡ ﺛﺎﻧﺘﻮ
.ﻱ ﺳﺔﻻﺣﺔﺩﻳﻨﲔﻴﺔﻣﻲ ﺯﺍﻧﻜﻮﻤﺔ ﻗﺆﻧﺎﺧﻲ ﺳﻴﺋﻴ .ﺳﺔﻧﻄﺔﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺔﺳﺔﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺓﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﻦ .ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻴﺖ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
5. QUESTIONS YES/NO QUESTIONS To make a statement into a “formal” question, simply add “ ”ﺋﺎﻳﺎat the beginning of the question.
ﺋﺎﻳﺎis usually used in written language, while in informal speech, raising the
voice tone at the end is enough to make the statement a question without any change to the sentence structure. With Is this yours?
( ﺋﺎﻳﺎformal, written)
Without
( ﺋﺎﻳﺎspoken)
ﻳﺔ؟ﺋﺎﻳﺎ ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻮ
ﻳﺔ؟ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻮ
Are you an English teacher?
ﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻳﺖ؟ ﻣﺎﻣﻮﺋﺎﻳﺎ ﺗﻮ
ﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻳﺖ؟ ﻣﺎﻣﻮﺗﻮ
Are these flowers roses?
ﺋﺎﻳﺎ ﺋﺔﻡ ﻃﻮﻻﹶﻧﺔ ﻃﻮﻟﹶﻲ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﻥ؟
ﺋﺔﻡ ﻃﻮﻻﹶﻧﺔ ﻃﻮﻟﹶﻲ ﺳﻮﻭﺭﻥ؟
USING QUESTION WORDS Who Where
How
ﻥﺿﻮ
How many / old / What time (num)
ﺿﺔﻧﺪ
ﻛﻲ ( ﻛﻮﻱ ﺑﻮ,)ﻟﺔ
What
ﺿﻲ,ﺽ
How much (price)
ﺑﺔ ﺿﺔﻧﺪ
Why
ﺿﻲﺑﻮ
Which one of them
ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ
When
Which (relative pronoun)
ﻛﺔﻱ
ﻛﺔ
In Kurdish, question words don’t change the word order of the sentence. The general rule (subject – object/complement – verb) is applied in both questions and statements. Sample questions: Who is this boy? How are you? How old is he? How much are those? How far is it from here? Which one is better?
ﻴﺔ؟ﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺓ ﻛﻴ ﻥﻱ؟ً ﺿﻮﺗﻮ ﺗﺔﻣﺔﻥﻱ ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺔ ﺿﺔﻧﺪﻥ؟ ﺮﺓ؟ﺿﺔﻧﺪ ﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺔ ﺋﻴ
Where are you from? Where is a pen?
ﻴﺖ؟ ﺧﺔﻟﹶﻜﻲ ﻛﻮﻳﺗﻮ
Where are you going? Where is the hospital? What time is it?
ﻳﺖ؟ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭ ﻛﻮﻱ ﺑﻮﺗﻮ
What is your telephone number?
ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ؟
26
ﻛﻮﺍ ﻗﺔﻟﹶﺔﻡ؟
ﻴﺔ؟ﺷﺨﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻳﻧﺔﺧﻮ ﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟ ﻧﺔﻛﺔﺕﺫﻣﺎﺭﺓﻱ ﺗﺔﻟﺔﻓﻮ ﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ؟
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
6. ADJECTIVES COMPAR AT IVE AND SUPERLAT IVE ADJECTIVES SUFFIXES
"" ﺗﺮﻳﻦ" & " ﺗﺮ
The comparative & the superlative degree of the adjective are formed by suffixing “”ﺗﺮand “ ”ﺗﺮﻳﻦrespectively. Comparative
Superlative
Smart
smarter
Smartest
ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ
ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮ
ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ
Beautiful
more beautiful
most beautiful
ﺟﻮﺍﻥ
ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮ
ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ
Easy
easier
Easiest
ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻥ
ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ
ﺋﺎﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ
THAN The preposition of comparison is “”ﻟﺔ, as in the following examples. Today is colder than yesterday.
. ﺳﺎﺭﺩﺗﺮﺓﲏ ﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻳﺋﺔﻣﺮﹺﻭ
This is better than that.
.ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ
This is better than that.
.ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﺓ
SUPERLATIVE " " ﻫﺔﺭﺓ Adding “ ”ﻫﺔﺭﺓbefore an adjective is another way of making superlative expressions. the smartest | ﻫﺔﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙthe most active | ﻫﺔﺭﺓ ﺿﺎﻻﻙthe bravest ﻫﺔﺭﺓ ﺋﺎﺯﺍ Dastan is the smartest among the 1st graders
.ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﺏﻱ ﻫﺔﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻗﺆﻧﺎﻍﻱ ﻳﺔﻛﺔﻡ
※ ” ”ﻫﺔﺭﺓand ” ”ﺗﺮﻳﻦcan be used together to emphasize the superlative. Smartest
ﻫﺔﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ
ﻫﺔﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ 27
ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
SUPERLATIVE ADJECTIVES COME BEFORE THE NOUN Superlative adjectives precede the nouns they modify, as in the most beautiful child the smartest person Shaqlawa is the nicest place.
ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﺍﻝﹶ
the coldest day
ﺫﺳﺎﺭﺩﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﹺﻭ
ﻫﺔﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺔﺱ
the best things
ﺿﺎﻛﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺘﺔﻛﺎﻥ
the coolest thing
.ﻨﺔﺷﺔﻗﻼﹶﻭﺓ ﺧﺆﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻳ
ﺑﺎﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺘﺔﻛﺔ
FORMAT ION OF NOUN, ADJECTIVE AND ADVERB ADJECTIVE à NOUN Adding “ ”ﻱat the end of the adjective makes a noun. Adjective beautiful intelligent
true
ﺭﹺﺍﺳﺖ
healthy
intelligence
ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻙ ﺫﺭ
sick
beauty
ﺟﻮﺍﻥ
wise
polite
Noun
wisdom
ﺑﺔﺋﺔﺩﺓﺑﺔﻭﺓ
ﺯﻳﺮﺓﻛﻲ ﺫﻳﺮﻱ
truth
ﺭﹺﺍﺳﱵ
politeness
ﺋﺔﺩﺓﺏ
sickness
ﺵﻧﺔﺧﻮ
ﺟﻮﺍﱐ
ﺷﻲﻧﺔﺧﻮ
ﺗﺔﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﺖ
health
ﺗﺔﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﱵ
sour
ﺗﺮﺵ
pickle
ﺗﺮﺷﻲ
free
ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ
freedom
ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩﻱ
happiness
ﺷﻲﺧﻮ
nice/good/cool
ﺵﺧﻮ
It’s not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick. (Matthew 9:12)
(12 : 9 ﺑﺔﻟﹶﻜﻮ ﻧﺔﺧﻮﺵ )ﻣﺔﺗﺘﺎ,ﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺑﺔ ﺛﺰﻳﺸﻚ ﻧﻴﻴﺔﻇﻲ ﻟﺔﺵ ﺳﺎﻍ ﺛﻴﻣﺮﻭ "I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except through me. (John 14:6)
ﻱ ﻣﻨﺔﻭﺓ ﻧﺔﰊ ﻻﻱ ﺑﺎﻭﻙ ﺑﺔﻫﻮ ﻛﺔﺱ ﻧﺎﻳﺔﺕ ﺑﻮ.ﻄﺎ ﻭ ﺭﹺﺍﺳﱵ ﻭ ﺫﻳﺎﱎﻣﻦ ﺭﹺﻳ (6 :14 ﺣﺔﻧﻨﺎ)ﻳﻮ 28
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
NOUN à ADJECTIVE Adding the preposition, “(”ﺑﺔwith, by) at the beginning of the noun makes an adjective. Noun
Adjective
doubt
ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ
liver(organ)
ﺟﺔﺭﻁ
power religion fear taste mercy glory respect
doubtful/ suspicious brave strong
ﺰﻫﻴ
religious
ﺋﺎﻳﲔ\ﺩﻳﻦ
fearful
ﺗﺮﺱ
tasty
ﺗﺎﻡ
ﺑﺔﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺔﺟﺔﺭﻁ ﺰﺑﺔﻫﻴ ﺩﻳﻨﺪﺍﺭ/ﺑﺔﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﺔﺗﺮﺱ ﺑﺔﺗﺎﻡ
ﺑﺔﺯﺓﻳﻲ
merciful
ﺑﺔﺑﺔﺯﺓﻳﻲ
ﺷﻜﻮ
glorious
ﻣﺔﻧﺪ= ﺑﺔﺷﻜﻮﺷﻜﻮ
dear
ﺰﺭﹺﻳ
Dolma is so delicious (tasty)!
ﺰﺑﺔﺭﹺﻳ
!ﺭ ﺑﺔﺗﺎﻣﺔﳌﺔ ﺯﻭﺩﻭ
ADJECTIVE à ADVERB GENERAL RULE Adding the preposition, “(”ﺑﺔwith, by) or “(”ﰊwithout) at the beginning of the adjective and “ ”ﻱat the end makes a noun.
ﻱ+ adjective + ﺑﺔ\ﰊ Adjective sure suspicious fast (e.g. this is fast)
Adverb
ﺩﻟﹶﻨﻴﺎ ﺑﺔ ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺮﺍﺧﻴ
surely
ﺑﺔ ﺩﻟﹶﻨﻴﺎﻱ
of course
ﻃﻮﻣﺎﻥﰊ
fast (e.g. runs fast)
ﺮﺍﻳﻲﺑﺔﺧﻴ
hesitant
ﺩﻭﻭﺩﻝﹶ
without hesitation
slow
ﻮﺍﺵﻫﻴ
slowly
29
ﺩﻭﻭﺩﻟﹶﻲﰊ ﻮﺍﺷﻲﺑﺔﻫﻴ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
WORD ORDER ADJECTIVE AS A COMPLEMENT 1) Subject – 2) Complement – 3) Linking Verb (Present Copula)
The mountain is high. The film is very interesting. The downstairs room is dark.
.ﺷﺔﺧﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﺔﺭﺯﺓ .ﺷﺔﺭ ﺧﻮﻓﻠﻴﻤﺔﻛﺔ ﺯﻭ . ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻜﺔﺫﻭﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻱ
ADJECTIVE AS A MODIFIER 1) The modified noun precedes, 3) the modifying adjective follows and 2) the noun and adjective are connected by the Izafe ””ﻱ. a high mountain * a very interesting film delicious meal
ﻜﻲ ﺑﺔﺭﺯﺷﺔﺧﻴ ﺵﺭ ﺧﻮﻜﻲ ﺯﻭﻓﻠﻴﻤﻴ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﱐ ﺑﺔﻟﺔﺯﺕ
※ The adverb, that modifies the adjective, comes before the adjective. (See page 32.)
30
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
7. PREPOSITIONS - PART I INTRODUCTION TO PREPOSITIONS WHAT IS A PREPOSITION? A preposition is a word like in, to, for and out of in English. Here are some of their Kurdish counterparts. English Preposition
Kurdish prepositions
Examples
with/by (a method/way)
ﺑﺔ
(I travel) by car
to (a person)
ﺑﺔ
(Talk) to me
without (something)
ﰊ
without money
ً ﺛﺎﺭﺓﰊ
to/toward (a place)
ﺑﻮ
(I went) to Bazaar
ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺﺑﻮ
for (a reason/person)
ﺑﻮ
For what?, for you
ﺗﻮً ﺿﻲ؟ ﺑﻮﺑﻮ
in/at (a place)
ﻟﺔ
at home, in here
ﺑﺔ ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﺮﺓ ﻟﻴ,ﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻝﹶ
HOW TO USE A PREPOSITION A preposition usually comes before a noun phrase. for two years with you
ﺩﻭﻭ ﺳﺎﻝﹶﺑﻮ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺗﻮ
to his friend’s house
ﻜﺔﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲ ﻫﺎﻭﺭﹺﻳﺑﻮ
by my dad’s car
ﺑﺔ ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓﻱ ﺑﺎﻭﻛﻢ
A prepositional phrase can be an object or an adverbial. I studied Kurdish. Come! I give (it). Listen!
.ﻨﺪﻛﻮﺭﺩﱘ ﺧﻮﻳ
I studied Kurdish for 2 years.
.ﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺳﺎﻝﹶ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﱘ ﺧﻮﻳﺑﻮ
!ﻭﺓﺭﺓ
Come with me!
!ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺓﺭﺓ
.ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡ
I give it to you.
.ﺖ ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡﺛﻴ
Listen to this song!
ﺑﻄﺮﺓﻃﻮﻱ
31
ﺭﺍﻧﻴﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﺓ ﻟﺔﻡ ﻃﻮﻃﻮﻱ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
PREPOSITION & POSTPOSITION Certain prepositions (especially,
)ﻟﺔare coupled with a postposition to envelop the
complement together. The preposition itself marks the beginning of the prepositional phrase, and the end of the complement is marked by a postpositional element. Coupling Postposition in, at (a place)
Preposition
ﺩﺍ
Examples
ﻟﺔ
in front of
ﺩﺍ
ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ
from (a place)
ﺓﻭﺓ
ﻟﺔ
because of
ﺓﻭﺓ
ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ
for the sake of
ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺧﺎﺗﺮﻱ
in Kurdistan
ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍ
in America
ﻟﺔ ﺋﺔﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﺩﺍ
finally
ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻮ ﺩﺍ....ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ
from afar
ﻟﺔﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓﻭﺓ
because of that
ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺋﺔﻭﺓ
for you
ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭﺧﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺗﻮ
ADVERBIAL PHR ASES In Kurdish, most adverbs and adverbial phrases are added after the subject. Subject – Adverb – Verb Subject – Adverb – Object/Complement – Verb
※ Notable exceptions are the adverbs of direction (to/for/towards somewhere), which usually come after the verb.
ADVERB OF TIME/FREQUENCY I’ll come.
.ﻢﺩﻳ
I’ll leave.
.ﻡﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭ
I’ll come tomorrow. I’ll leave at 3 o’clock.
.ﻡﻣﻦ ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭ .ﻡ ﺩﺓﺭﹴِﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻲ
More examples: in the afternoon evening next year
ًﺛﺎﺵ ﻧﻴﻮﺓﺭﹺﻭ ًﻮﺍﺭﺓﺋﻴ ﻜﻲ ﺩﻳﻜﺔﺳﺎﻟﹶًﻴ
at night
ﺷﺔﻭ
late
early
ﺯﻭﻭ
yesterday
last year
32
ﺛﺎﺭ
two yrs ago
ﺩﺭﺓﻧﻂ ﲏﺩﻭﻳ ﺮﺍﺭﺛﻴ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
ADVERB OF MANNER Go!
!ﺑﺮﹺﻭ
Go fast!
Speak!
!ﺑﻠﹶﻲ
Speak slowly!
!ًﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﺑﺔ ﺧﻴ !ﻢ ﺑﻠﹶﻲﻮﺍﺷﻲ ﺛﻴﺑﺔ ﻫﻴ
More examples: slowly by foot by car
ﻮﺍﺷﻲﺑﺔ ﻫﻴ
quickly/fast ** nicely
ﺑﺔ ﺛﻲ ﺑﺔ ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓ
at once
ﺮﺍﻳﻲﺑﺔ ﺧﻴ
with them
ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ
ﺑﺎﺵ
with them
ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻟﹶﻴﺎﻥ
ﺑﺔ ﻳﺔﻙ ﺟﺎﺭ
** in a pretty way
ﺟﻮﺍﻥ
** Some adjectives behave like adverbs as well.
ADVERB OF PLACE I’m going. I came back. I came.
ﺩﺓﺿﻢ ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻣﺔﻭﺓ
I’m going to Halabja. I came back from school. I came from afar.
ﻫﺎﰎ
. ﻫﺔﻟﹶﺔﲜﺔﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﺿﻢ ﺑﻮ .ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻣﺔﻭﺓ ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ .ﻣﻦ ﻟﺔﺩﻭﻭﺭﺓﻭﺓ ﻫﺎﰎ
More examples: on (a thing)
ﺩﺍ...ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ
from behind
under
ﺩﺍ...ﺮﻟﺔﺫﻳ
behind
besides
ﺩﺍ...ﻟﺔ ﺛﺎﻝﹶ
below
ﺓﻭﺓ...ﻟﺔﺛﺸﺖ
to (a place)
.... ﺑﻮ
ﺩﺍ...ﻟﺔﺛﺸﺖ
in (a place)
.... ﻟﺔ
ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺓ
from (a place)
ﺓﻭﺓ.... ﻟﺔ
Common expressions and Kurdish idioms with preposition will be covered in Chapter 12. Preposition – Part II.
33
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
8. VERB TYPES INTRANSITIVE & TRANS ITIVE INTRANSITIVE ﻨﺔﺛﺔ ﺭﹺﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺗ ﻴ An intransitive verb is a verb that cannot take an object, although it may have an adverbial/prepositional phrase along with it. I understand very well. I’ll come back early tomorrow. I live in Hawler.
.ﺭ ﺑﺎﺵ ﰐﹶ ﺩﺓﻃﺔﻡ)ﻣﻦ( ﺯﻭ .ﻤﺔﻭﺓ)ﻣﻦ( ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ ﺯﻭﻭ ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻳ .ﺮ ﺩﺓﺫﱘ)ﻣﻦ( ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﻴ
TRANSITIVE ﺜﺔ ﺭﹺﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺗ ﻴ A transitive verb is a verb that takes an object. I study Kurdish. I don’t have(eat) dinner. He sees you.
.ﻨﻢ)ﻣﻦ( ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻳ .ﻡﻮﺍﺭﺓ ﻧﺎﺧﻮ)ﻣﻦ( ﻧﺎﱐ ﺋﻴ .()ﺕ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﲏ)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺗﻮ
SIMPLE, COMPLEX, COMPOUND Both intransitive and transitive verbs can be grouped under one of the following: 1) simple 2) complex 3) compound Here, the number of meaningful words in a verb decides its classification.
SIMPLE VERBS ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﺓ A simple verb is a one-word verb. Intransitive
Transitive
to arrive
ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ
to do
to go, to leave
ﻳﺸﱳﺭﹺﻭ
to wash
to come
ﻫﺎﺗﻦ
to take, to hold
to die
ﻣﺮﺩﻥ
to eat 34
ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻮﺷﱳ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
COMPLEX VERBS ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺫﺍﻭ A complex verb takes two forms: § §
A prefix (no-meaning) + a simple verb. A simple verb + a suffix ()ﺓﻭﺓ Intransitive Suffix
Simple verb
Prefix
Complex Verb
-
ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ
ﰐﹶ
ﰐﹶ ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ
to arrive
ﺓﻭﺓ
ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻥ
again
to explore, to search
-
ﺳﺎﻥ
to understand
-
ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭﺓ to return
ﻫﺔﻝﹶ
ﻫﺔﻟﹶًﺴﺎﻥ
to obtain
to get up, wake up
Transitive Suffix
Simple verb
Prefix
Complex Verb
-
ﺧﺴﱳ
ﺩﺍ
ﺩﺍ ﺧﺴﱳ
to drop
ﺓﻭﺓ
ﺑﺮﺩﻥ
again
to take
-
ﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ
to close
-
ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ to win, overcome
ﻫﺔﻝﹶ
ﻫﺔﻟﹶًﺒﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥ
to compensate
to elect, choose
COMPOUND VERB ﻜﺪﺭﺍﻭﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻟ ﻴ Compound verb is a verb with more than two meaningful words.
Intransitive Suffix
Simple verb
Pre-Word
Compound Verb
-
ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
ﺑﺮﺳﻲ
ﺑﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
to be, become
a. hungry
to become hungry
ﻫﺎﺗﻦ
ﺧﺔﻭ
ﺧﺔﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻦ
to come
n. sleep
-
35
to become sleepy
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Transitive Suffix
Simple verb
Pre-Word
Compound Verb
ﺓﻭﺓ
ﻛﺮﺩﻥ
ﺛﺎﻙ
ﺛﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ
again
to do, make
a. clean
v. clean
-
ﺩﺍﻥ
ﺩﺓﺳﺖ
ﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺍﻥ
to give
n. hand
v. touch
SUMMARY
Intransitive Simple
Transitive
ﺑﻮﻭﻥ: to become ﺿﻮﻭﻥ: to go ﻳﺸﱳ ﺭﹺﻭ: to leave ﺧﺔﻭﺗﻦ: to sleep ﻫﺔﺳﺘﺎﻥ: to wake up ﻫﺎﺗﻦ: to come ﻣﺮﺩﻥ: to die
Complex
ﺷﻮﺷﱳ: to wash ﺑﺮﺩﻥ: to take ﺑﻴﻨﲔ: to see ﺯﺍﻧﲔ: to know ًﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻴ: to bring
ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭﺓ: to return ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ: to stay ﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﺸﱳ: to sit
Compound
ﻛﺮﺩﻥ:to do, work ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ: to eat
ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ
: to open
ﺩﺍ ﺧﺴﱳ: to close ﻫﺔﻝﹶ ﻃﺮﺗﻦ: to hold
ﺭﹺﺍ ﻭﺓﺳﺘﺎﻥ: to stand ﰐﹰَ ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ: to understand
ﺩﺓﺭ ﺧﺴﱳ: to reveal
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ: to become thirsty ﺑﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ: to become hungry
ﺛﺮﺳﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ: to ask ﺮ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ ﻓﻴ: to learn
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ: to feel cold
ﺑﲑ ﺧﺴﺘﻨﺔﻭﺓ
36
: to remind
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
9. TENSES FINDING STEM & ROOT FOR VERB CONJUGAT ION All Kurdish verbs end with “”ن. § §
Past root, which is the base for past tense conjugation, is formed by dropping the “”ن. Present stem, which is the base for present tense conjugation, is normally formed by dropping the “ ”نand the second last letter of the verb. However, there are many irregular cases as well. vt. = transitive verb vi. = intransitive verb By the rule to see (vt) to fall (vi) to pull (vt) to grab, hold (vt) to wake up (vi) to laugh (vi) to die (vi) to buy (vt) to sell (vt) [a] stem
to do (vt) to drop (vt) vi. to reach to buy (vt) to sell (vt)
[o] stem
to wash (vt) to eat (vt) to go, leave (vi)
[e] stem
to send (vt) to know (vt) to stay (vi) burn (vi) to return (vi)
Irregular
Verb (Infinitive)
Past Stem
Present Stem
ﺑﻴﻨﲔ ﻛﺔﻭﺗﻦ ﺸﺎﻥﺭﹺﺍ ﻛﻴ ﻃﺮﺗﻦ ﻫﺔﻟﹶﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﺔﻧﲔﺛﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺮﹺﻳﻦ ﺷﱳﻓﺮﻭ
ﺑﻴﲏ ﻛﺔﻭﺕ ﺸﺎﺭﹺﺍ ﻛﻴ ﻃﺮﺕ ﻫﺔﻝﹶ ﺳﺘﺎ ﻛﺔﱐﺛﻲ ﻣﺮﺩ ﻛﺮﹺﻱ ﺷﺖﻓﺮﻭ
ﺑﲔ ﻛﺔﻭ ﺶﺭﹺﺍ ﻛﻴ ﻃﺮ ﻫﺔﻝﹶ ﺳﺖ ﻛﺔﻥﺛﻲ ﻣﺮ ﻛﺮﹺ ﺵﻓﺮﻭ
ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﺴﱳ ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ ﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻮﺷﱳ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﺸﱳﺭﹺﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎﻥ ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻧﺔﻭﺓ
ﻛﺮﺩ ﺧﺴﺖ ﻃﺔﻳﺸﺖ ﺩﺍ ﺑﺮﺩ ﺷﻮﺷﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺸﺖﺭﹺﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺎ_ﺓﻭﺓ ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎ ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍ_ﺓﻭﺓ
ﻛﺔ ﺧﺔ ﻃﺔ ﺩﺓ ﺑﺔ ًﺷﻮ ﺧﻮ ﺭﹺﻭ ًﺮﻧﻴ ًﻦﻧﺎﺳﻴ ﻦ_ﺓﻭﺓﻣﻴ ًﺳﻮﻭﰐﹶ _ﺓﻭﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻱ
ﻫﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺕ
ﻱ ًﻟﹶﻲ
ﻫﺎﺗﻦ to say (vt) ﻃﻮﺗﻦ
to come (vi)
37
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar to go (vi)
ﺿﻮﻭﻥ to be, become (vi) ﺑﻮﻭﻥ to kill (vt) ﻛﻮﺷﱳ to rely on (vt) ﺑﺔﺳﱳﺛﺸﺖ ﺛﻲ
ﺿﻮﻭ ﺑﻮﻭ ﻛﻮﺷﺖ ﺑﺔﺳﺖﺛﺸﺖ ﺛﻲ
ﺽ ﺏ ﻛﻮﺫ ﺑﺔﺳﺖﺛﺸﺖ ﺛﻲ
PRESENT & FUTURE USE OF PRESENT TENSE In Kurdish, the simple present (e.g. I go), the present continuous (e.g. I’m going) and the future (e.g. I will go) tense are all expressed in the same manner. Normally, the future sense is gained from context or by time expressions. I leave now.
.ﻡﺴﺘﺎ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭ)ﻣﻦ( ﺋﻴ
I’ll leave tomorrow.
.ﻡ ﺩﺓﺭﹴٍِﻭ)ﻣﻦ( ﺳﺒﺔﻳﲏ
FORMATION OF PRESENT TENSE SIMPLE VERBS The present tense of the simple verb is formed from the present stem with a prefixed modal marker ()ﺩﺓ, and the following suffixed subjective endings (bound pronouns). * All formation rules should be read from right to left.
Formation Rule
[Subjective BP][Present Stem]ﺩﺓ
to eat ()ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
ﺍﺕ+ ﺧﻮ+ ; )ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺩﺓ
(He eats)
※ The modal prefix, ﺩﺓdá- is used in most Kurdish dialects and is also the standard. However, the modal prefix in Sulemani dialect is
ﺋﺔá-.
Are you leaving? (Standard & Hawleri)
ﻳﺖ؟ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﺗﻮ
Are you leaving? (Sulemani)
ﻳﺖ؟ ﺋﺔﺭﹺﻭﺗﻮ
Today, I’m going to bazaar. Are you going to wash your hands, now? We’ll come back. 38
. ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺ )ﻣﻦ( ﺩﺓﺿﻢ ﺑﻮ,ﺋﺔﻣﺮﹺﻭ ﻳﺖ؟( ﺩﺓﺳﺘﺖ ﺩﺓﺷﻮ )ﺗﻮ,ﺴﺘﺎﺋﻴ .ﻴﻨﺔﻭﺓﻤﺔ( ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻳ)ﺋﻴ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
SUBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUNS FOR PRESENT TENSE In the present tense, the Bound Pronouns Set I (page 17) is used for both intransitive and transitive verb conjugations. Intransitive Verb Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
ﻡ
ﻳﻦ
ﻡ
ﻳﻦ
st
1 person 2
Transitive Verb
nd
person
ﻱ\ﻳﺖ
ﻥ
ﻱ\ﻳﺖ
ﻥ
rd
person
ﺖ\ﻳﻱ
ﻥ
ﺖ\ﻳﻱ
ﻥ
3
※ Note that the inherent (t: )تshown for 2nd- and 3rd-person singular is characteristic of literary Kurdish and seldom appears in the informal spoken language. The ( )تis recovered, however, when any enclitic or suffix(e.g. “ )”ﺓﻭﺓis added to the verb.
Intransitive
You go / You’ll go.
Transitive
He writes / He’ll write.
With Suffix
He rewrites / He’ll rewrite.
When written
When spoken (informal)
.ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺖ
.ﺩﺓﺿﻲ
.ﺖﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴ
.ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳﻲ
.ﺘﺔﻭﺓﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴ
Please note, for verbs with stems ending in a vowel[-ﺓ, -ﻭ, -]ﻱ, the 3rd person singular bound pronouns slightly change.
A-STEM (- ) ﺓ Common A-Stem Verbs:
(ﻛﺮﺩﻥ )ﻛﺔ
(ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ )ﻃﺔ
(ﺑﺮﺩﻥ )ﺑﺔ
(ﺧﺴﱳ )ﺧﺔ
( ﺩﺍﻥ )ﺩﺓﺛﻲ
to do, work
to reach, arrive
to take
to drop, throw
to give
Infinitive Form
ﻛﺮﺩﻥ
ﺧﺴﱳ
ﺩﺍﻥﺛﻲ
Present Stem
ﻛﺔ
ﺧﺔ
ﺩﺓﺛﻲ
1st person 2
nd
person
rd
person
3
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ
ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻳﻦ
ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻡ
ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻳﻦ
ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡﺛﻲ
ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻳﻦﺛﻲ
( ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻱ)ﺕ( ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻥ ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻱ)ﺕ( ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻱ)ﺕ ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻥ ﺛﻲﺛﻲ (ﺩﺓﻛﺎ)ﺕ
ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ
(ﺩﺓﺧﺎ)ﺕ
ﺩﺓﺧﺔﻥ
( ﺩﺓﺩﺍ)ﺕﺛﻲ
ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻥﺛﻲ
※ Any complex or compound verbs with A-Stem verbs also behave as above. 39
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
) ﻭO-STEM (- Common O-Stem Verbs:
ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ )ﺧﻮ(
ﺷﻮﺷﱳ )ﺷﻮ(
ﺭﹺﻭﻳﺸﱳ )ﺭﹺﻭ(
to eat
to wash
to leave
ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
ﺷﻮﺷﱳ
ﺭﹺﻭﻳﺸﱳ
Infinitive Form
ﺧﻮ
ﺷﻮ
ﺭﹺﻭ
Present Stem
Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻳﻦ
ﺩﺓﺧﻮًﻡ
ﺩﺓﺷﻮﻳﻦ
ﺩﺓﺷﻮًﻡ
ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﻳﻦ
ﺩﺓﺭﹺٍﻭًﻡ
1st person
ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻥ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻱ)ﺕ( ﺩﺓﺷﻮﻥ ﺩﺓﺷﻮﻱ)ﺕ( ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﻥ
ﺩﺓﺭﹺٍﻭﻱ)ﺕ(
person
nd
ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﻥ
ﺩﺓﺭﹺٍﻭﺍ)ﺕ(
person
rd
ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻥ
ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍ)ﺕ(
ﺩﺓﺷﻮﺍ)ﺕ(
ﺩﺓﺷﻮﻥ
ﻋﻠﻲ ﺩﺓﻡ ﻭﺿﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺓﺷﻮﺍﺕ. ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝﹶ ﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ ﺭﹺﻭﺫﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺳﺖ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺕ.
2
3
Ali is going to wash his face. Danielle eats yogurt everyday.
) ﻱE-STEM (- ” ending often have E-Stems.ﺍﻥ“ Common E-Stem Verbs: Verbs with
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺎﻥ )ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﱐﹶ(
ﺷﻜﺎﻧﺪﻥ )ﺷﻜﻴﻦ(
ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ )ﻣﻴًﻦ..ﺓﻭﺓ(
ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻥ )ﻃﺔﺭﹺﻱ(
ﺳﻮﻭﺗﺎﻥ )ﺳﻮﻭﰐﹶ(
to cook
to break
to stay
to travel
to burn
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺎﻥ
ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ
ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻥ
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﱐﹶ
ﻣﻴﻦ...ﺓﻭﺓ
ﻃﺔﺭﹺﻱ
Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶً ﺩﺓﻧﻴًﲔ
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶً ﺩﺓﻧﻴًﻢ
ﺩﺓﻣﻴًﻨﻴﻨﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﻣﻴًﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺٍﻳﲔ
ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻳﻢ
Infinitive Form Present Stem st
1 person
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻧﻴﻦ
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻧﻴﻲ)ﺕ(
ﺩﺓﻣﻴَﻨﻨﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﻣﻴَﻨﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺٍﻳﻦ
ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻳﻲ)ﺕ(
person
nd
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻧﻴﻦ
ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻧﻴﺖ
ﺩﺓﻣﻴﻨﻨﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﻣﻴﻨﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺٍﻳﻦ
ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺٍﻱ)ﺕ(
person
rd
ﻫﻴﻮﺍ ﻛﺔﻱ ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻳﺘﺔﻭﺓ ﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﻴﺴﻴﺎ؟ ﺭﹺﻳﺰﺍﻥ ﻫﺔﻳﲏ ﺿﻴﺸﺖ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺎﻧﻴﺖ.
?When is Hewa coming back from Malaysia Rezan doesn’t cook on Friday.
40
2
3
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
IRREGULAR VERBS The following are prominent irregular verbs. Infinitive Form Present Stem
ﻫﺎﺗﻦ
ﻛﻮﺷﱳ
(to say)
ﻱ
ﻟﹶﻲ
(to kill)
ﻛﻮﺫ
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
ﻢﺩﻳ
ﲔﺩﻳ
ﻢﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴ
ﲔﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴ
ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻡ
ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻳﻦ
1st person 2
ﻃﻮﺗﻦ
(to come)
nd
person
(ﻲ)ﺕﺩﻳ
ﻦﻳﺩ
(ﻲ)ﺕﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴ
ﻦﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴ
(ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻱ)ﺕ
ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻥ
rd
person
()ﺕﻱﺩ
ﻦﻳﺩ
()ﺕﺩﺓﻟﹶﻲ
ﻦﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴ
()ﺕﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻱ
ﺩﺓﻛﻮﺫﻥ
3
COMPLEX VERB & COMPOUND VERBS For complex or compound verbs: 1) The first part of the verb (either prefix or pre-word) gets separated from the rest of the verb. 2) The modal marker ( )ﺩﺓis attached before the second part of the present stem. 3) The subjective bound pronoun goes to the end of the present stem. Formation Rule
[Subjective BP][Present Stem][ ﺩﺓPrefix/Pre-Word]
to run ()ﺭﹺﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ
ﻡ+ ﻛﺔ+ ; ﺭﹺﺍ ﺩﺓ
(I run, I’m running)
※ Formation rules should be read from right to left. If the complex or compound verb has the – awa( )ﺓﻭﺓsuffix, the awa( )ﺓﻭﺓis affixed behind the personal endings. Formation Rule
ﺓﻭﺓ+[Subjective BP][Present Stem]ﺩﺓ
v. to remember ()ﺑﲑ ﻛﺔﻭﺗﻨﺔﻭﺓ
ﺓﻭﺓ+ ﻡ+ ﻛﺔﻭ+ ; ﺑﲑ ﺩﺓ
[Prefix/Pre-Word]
(I remember)
※ Formation rules should be read from right to left.
NEGATIVE STATEMENTS To negate a present tense statement, change the modal prefix ( )ﺩﺓto ()ﻧﺎ.
Intransitive Transitive
Infinitive
Affirmative
Negative
( ﺿﻮﻭﻥto go)
ﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﺿﻢ
ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺿﻢ
( ﻧﻮﻭﺳﲔto write)
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﻧﻮﻭﺳﻲ
ﺋﺔﻭ ﻧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺳﻲ
41
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
SUMMARY Simple Verbs (
ﺿﻮﻭﻥ, ) ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ:
Intransitive
I’ll go (to school).
Transitive
We are eating (breakfast).
Complex or Compound Verbs (
.( ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ)ﻣﻦ( ﺩﺓﺿﻢ )ﺑﻮ ﻳﻦ؟ًﻤﺔ( )ﻧﺎﱐ ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ( ﺩﺓﺧﻮ)ﺋﻴ
ﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﺸﱳ, ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﺛﻲ, ) ﺛﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ:
Intransitive
I’ll sit (here).
Transitive
I’ll start it (tomorrow).
. ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ)ﻣﻦ( )ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ( ﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﺛﻲ
With ﺓﻭﺓSuffix
I clean (the room).
.)ﻣﻦ( )ﺫﻭﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔ( ﺛﺎﻙ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻣﺔﻭﺓ
.ًﺮﺓ( ﺩﺍ ﺩﺓﻧﻴﺸﻢ)ﻣﻦ( )ﻟﻴ
TRANSITIVE VERB WITH OBJECT NOUN OBJECT NO PREPOSITION In Kurdish the word order is Subject – Object – Verb. Following the rule, the noun object comes after the subject (if exists) and before the verb. I see( )ﻳﻨﻨﲔAshty. He makes( )ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥa nice desk. Danielle studies(ﻨﺪﻥ )ﺧﻮﻳKurdish.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺋﺎﺷﱵ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ .ﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺵ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺰﻳ)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﻣﻴ .ﲏﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝﹶ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻳ
WITH PREPOSITION If the verb conglomerate includes a preposition, the noun object comes after the preposition. I listen to ( ﱄﹶ ﻃﺮﺗﻦ )ﻃﻮﻱmusic.
.ﺳﻴﻘﺎ ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻡ ﻟﺔ ﻣﻮ)ﻣﻦ( ﻃﻮﻱ
She start with ( ﻛﺮﺩﻥ )ﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﺛﻲthe work.
.)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﻛﺎ
42
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
PRONOUN OBJECT NO PREPOSITION The pronoun object can be indicated in two different forms: 1) The Independent Pronoun form (e.g. ﻤﺔ ﺋﻴ, ﻣﻦ,)ﺗﻮ 2) The Bound Pronoun form (e.g. ﻣﺎﻥ, ﻡ,)ﺕ. 1) The Independent Pronoun Object behaves the same as the noun object. Formation Rule
[Subjective BP][Present Stem]ﺩﺓ
to see ()ﺑﻴﻨﲔ
ﺖ ﻳ+ ﺑﲔ+ ; ﺋﺎﺷﱵ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓ
Independent Object (Ashty sees them)
2) The Bound Pronoun Object is inserted in between the modal prefix( )ﺩﺓand the present stem of the verb.
※ In the present tense, Bound Pronouns Set II (page 17; same as the possessive pronouns) is used for their objective suffixes.
Objective Bound Pronoun
1st person 2
v. to see ()ﺑﻴﻨﲔ
Plural
ﻡ
ﻣﺎﻥ
nd
person
ﺕ
ﺗﺎﻥ
rd
person
ﻱ
ﻳﺎﻥ
3
Formation Rule
Singular
[Subjective BP][Present Stem][BP Object]ﺩﺓ
ﺖ ﻳ+ ﺑﲔ+ ; ﺋﺎﺷﱵ ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻥ
(Ashty sees them)
SUMMARY Noun Object
I see( )ﻳﻨﻨﲔAshty.
Independent Pronoun Object
I see( )ﻳﻨﻨﲔher.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ
Bound Pronoun Object
I see( )ﻳﻨﻨﲔher.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺩﺓﻳﺒﻴﻨﻢ
43
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺋﺎﺷﱵ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻨﺔﻭﺓv. see again Independent Pronoun Object
Bound Pronoun Object
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
ﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓ
ﻤﺔ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓﺋﻴ
ﺩﺓﻣﺒﻴﻨﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓﺗﻮ
ﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓﺗﻮ
You’ll see me again.
You’ll see us again.
You’ll see me again.
You’ll see us again.
ً ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓﺗﻮ
ﻮﺓ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓﺋﻴ
ﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﺗﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ
I’ll see you again.
I’ll see you again.
I’ll see you again.
I’ll see you again.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﻳﺒﻴﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨﻤﺔﻭﺓ
I’ll see him again.
I’ll see them again.
I’ll see him again.
I’ll see them again.
1st person 2nd person 3rd person
WITH PREPOSITION When the object is a pronoun, the preposition + pronoun combination can be written and said in two different ways as shown below:
st
1 person 2
Prep. + Bound Pronoun
ﺑﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ
ﺛﻲ
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
ﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻤﺔﺑﺔ ﺋﻴ
ﻢﺛﻴ
ﻤﺎﻥﺛﻴ
nd
person
ًﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
ﻮﺓﺑﺔ ﺋﻴ
ﺖﺛﻴ
ﺘﺎﻥﺛﻴ
rd
person
ﺑﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ
ﺑﺔ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ
ﻲﺛﻴ
ﻴﺎﻥﺛﻴ
3
1st person 2
Prep. + Independent Pronoun
Prep. + Independent Pronoun
Prep. + Bound Pronoun
ﻟﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ
ﱄﹶ
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
ﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻤﺔﻟﺔ ﺋﻴ
ﻢﻟﻴ
ﻤﺎﻥﻟﻴ
nd
person
ًﻟﺔ ﺗﻮ
ﻮﺓﻟﺔ ﺋﻴ
ﺖﻟﻴ
ﺘﺎﻥﻟﻴ
rd
person
ﻟﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ
ﻟﺔ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ
ﻲﻟﻴ
ﻴﺎﻥﻟﻴ
3
When prepositions are combined with bound pronouns, they change their forms: o
( ﺑﺔba) becomes ( ﱄﹶpe)
o
( ﺩﺓda) becomes ( ﰐﹶte)
o
( ﻟﺔla) becomes ( ﱄﹶle) 44
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar The bound pronouns may either be 1) pre-posed, i.e. added to the word preceding the preposition if there is any such word, or 2) postposed, i.e. added to the preposition itself if there is no preceding word.
※ Subjective Bound Pronoun = Subjective BP, Objective Pronoun = Objective BP I listen to ( ﱄﹶ ﻃﺮﺗﻦ )ﻃﻮﻱthem. You start with( ﻛﺮﺩﻥ )ﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﺛﻲthem. I tell( ﻃﻮﺗﻦ )ﺛﻲyou.
.ﻴﺎﻥ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻡ)ﻣﻦ( ﻃﻮﻳ . ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺩﺓﺳﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﺛﻲ .ﻢﺖ ﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴ)ﻣﻦ( ﺛﻴ
ONLY ONE PRONOUN OBJECT FOR SIMPLE VERB A. Independent Pronoun Object (IP Object) [Subjective BP][Present Stem][ ﺩﺓIP Object]+[Prep.] B. Bound Pronoun Object (BP Object) [Subjective BP][Present Stem]ﺩﺓ I say( ﻃﻮﺗﻦ... )ﺑﺔto you()ﺗﻮ. I say( ﻃﻮﺗﻦ )ﺛﻲto you()ﺕ.
[BP Object]+[Prep.]
.ﻢ ﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴ)ﻣﻦ( ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ .ﻢﺖ ﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴ)ﻣﻦ( ﺛﻴ
ONLY ONE PRONOUN OBJECT FOR COMPLEX/COMPOUND VERB C. Independent Pronoun Object (IP Object) [Subjective BP][Present Stem]ﺩﺓ
IP Object+[Prep].
[Compounding Agent]
D. Bound Pronoun Object (BP Object) [Subjective BP][Present Stem]ﺩﺓ
[Prep.]
I listen( ﻃﺮﺗﻦ... ﻟﺔ )ﻃﻮﻱto you()ﺗﻮ. I listen( ﱄﹶ ﻃﺮﺗﻦ )ﻃﻮﻱto you()ﺕ.
45
[BP][Compounding Agent]
.ً ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻡ ﻟﺔ ﺗﻮ)ﻣﻦ( ﻃﻮﻱ .ﺖ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻡ)ﻣﻦ( ﻃﻮﻳ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar THERE ARE TWO OBJECTS: DIRECT OBJECTS & INDIRECT OBJECTS E. independent pronoun indirect object (IP Object) [Subjective BP][Present Stem][ ﺩﺓIP Object]+[Prep.] (Compounding Agent) [Direct Object] F. bound pronoun indirect object (BP Object) [Subjective BP][Present Stem][ ﺩﺓPrep.] (Compounding Agent)
[BP][Direct Object]
I give( ﺩﺍﻥ... )ﺑﺔthe books to you()ﺗﻮ.
. ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡﺒﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ)ﻣﻦ( ﻛﺘﻴ
I give( ﺩﺍﻥ )ﺛﻲthe books to you()ﺕ.
. ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡﺒﺔﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﻲ)ﻣﻦ( ﻛﺘﻴ
I bring(ﻨﺎﻥ )ﻫﻴyou( )ﺗﻮwater.
.ﻨﻢ ﺩﺓﻫﻴ ﺗﻮ)ﻣﻦ( ﺋﺎﻭ ﺑﻮ
I bring(ﻨﺎﻥ )ﻫﻴyou( )ﺕwater.
.ﻨﻢ ﺩﺓﻫﻴ)ﻣﻦ( ﺋﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻮ
46
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
SUMMARY §
The subjective bound pronoun is fixed at the end of the verb stem.
§
Only the objective bound pronoun changes its position depending on the form of the verb conglomerate. o
If there is a direct object of the noun or independent pronoun, the 2nd pronominal object (in this case, it is always the indirect object) goes right behind the Direct Object in a bound pronoun form. With Direct Object Simple Verb I give( ﺩﺍﻥ )ﺛﻲyou the flower.
Complex Verb I choose( )ﻫﺔﻝﹶ ﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥthe book for you. Compound Verb I clean( )ﺛﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓthe house for them.
o
With Objective BP
. ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔﺕ ﺛﻲ
. ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
ﻫﺔ ﹶﺒﺔﻛﺔﺕ ﺑﻮﻛﺘﻴ ﻝ .ﺮﻡﺩﺓﺑﺬﻳ
ﻫﺔ ﹶ ﺗﻮﺒﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﻮﻛﺘﻴ ﻝ .ﺮﻡﺩﺓﺑﺬﻳ
ﺛﺎﻙﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮ .ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻣﺔﻭﺓ
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺛﺎﻙﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔ ﺑﻮ .ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻣﺔﻭﺓ
If there is no direct object of the noun or independent pronoun, but the verb conglomerate includes preverbal prefixes or compounding agents, the pre-word behaves like the direct object of the verb and the objective bound pronoun goes behind the pre-word. Without Direct Object Simple Verb I say( ﻃﻮﺗﻦ )ﺛﻲto you. Complex Verb I stop( )ﺭﹺﺍ ﻃﺮﺗﻦthem. Compound Verb I walk( )ﺛﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻛﺮﺩﻱwith you.
o
Without Objective BP
With Objective BP
Without Objective BP
.ﻢﺖ ﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴﺛﻴ
.ﻢ ﺩﺓﻟﹶﻴﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
.ﺭﹺﺍﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻡ
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﹺﺍ ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻡ
.ﺛﻴﺎﺳﺔﺕ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ
. ﺛﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺗﻮ
If there is no direct object and no preposition, no preverbal prefix or compounding agent whatsoever, the objective bound pronoun goes in between the present modal prefix ( ﺩﺓ, )ﻧﺎand the verb stem. Without Direct Object Simple Verb I see( )ﺑﻴﻨﲔthem. Complex Verb I don’t know( )ﻧﺎﺳﲔhim.
With Objective BP
Without Objective BP
.ﺩﺓﻳﺎﻧﺒﻴﻨﻢ
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﻢ
.ﻧﺎﻳﻨﺎﺳﻢ
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﻧﺎﻧﺎﺳﻢ
47
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
PRESENT TENSE REVIEW USING DAILY ROUTINE EXPRESSIONS
ﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﺧﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻟﹶﺪﺓﺳﱵ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﻄﺔﻱ ﻧﻮﻭﺳﺘﻨﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﺩﻳﺘﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﺓﻭﺓ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﺍﺗﺔ ﻗﺎﰐ)ﻮﻡ( ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺓ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺖ ﺑﻮ ﻫﺔﺭﻭﺓﻟﹶﺔ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﺭﻭﺓﻟﹶﺔ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺٍﻳﺘﺔﻭﺓ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﻫﺔﻟﹶًﺪﺓﻃﺮﻳﺘﺔﻭﺓ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺧﻮﻱ ﺩﺓﺷﻮﺍﺕ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺧﻮﻱ ﺩﺓﻃﻮﺭﹺﻳﺖ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﻧﺎﱐ ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺕ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻝﹶ ﺩﺓﺭ ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺖ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺭﹺٍﻭًﺫﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻙ ﺩﺓﻛﺮﹺﻳﺖ.
He wakes up. He gets out of his bed. He goes downstairs. He goes jogging. He comes back from jogging. He picks up the mail. He takes a shower. He gets dressed. He has breakfast. He leaves home. He buys a newspaper.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﻃﻮﻱ ﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﺎ ﺩﺓﻃﺮﻳﺖ.
He listens to music.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﻃﺎﺗﺔ ﺷﺔﻣﺔﻧﺪﺓﻓﺔﺭﺓﻛﺔ.
He catches the train.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺭﹺٍﻭﺫﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻳﻨﻴﺘﺔﻭﺓ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﻗﺎﻭﺓ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺗﺔﻭﺓ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﻧﺎﱐ ﻧﻴﻮﺓﺭﹺﻭ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺕ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭ ﺩﺓﺑﻴًﺖ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺿﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺔ ﻫﺎﻭﺭﹺﻳﻜﺎﱐ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﻳﺖ.
He reads the newspaper. He starts work. He drinks some coffee. He has lunch. He finishes work. He meets his friends.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻜﻮﺍﺵ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ.
He plays squash.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﻧﺎﱐ ﺋﻴﻮﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺕ.
He has dinner.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺳﺔﻳﺮﻱ ﺗﺔﻟﺔﻓﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺘﺔ ﺳﺔﺭ ﺟﻴﻄﺎ.
48
He watches television. He goes to bed.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
IMPERAT IVES (COMMANDS) FORMATION OF IMPERATIVES The subject of an imperative sentence is always “ ” ﺗﻮor ” ﻮﺓ ” ﺋﻴbecause it’s a command. This is usually not explicitly stated.
!( ﻭﺓﺭﺓ)ﺗﻮ
(You) Come!
!ﻥﻮﺓ( ﲞﻮ)ﺋﻴ
(You guys) Eat!
WITHOUT OBJECT The imperative is formed from the present stem with the prefix ()ب, and with a suffixed subjective ending, ” ”ﺓor ””ﻥ. §
If the imperative’s subject is singular ()ﺗﻮ, add ” ”ﺓat the end.
§
If the imperative’s subject is plural (ﻮﺓ )ﺋﻴ, add ” ”ﻥat the end.
Infinitive Form Present Stem
Singular Subject (ﻮ )ﺗ
ﺓ+[Present Stem]+ﺏ
Plural Subject (ﻮﺓ)ﺋﻴ
ﻥ+[Present Stem]+ﺏ
Regular
A-STEM
O-STEM
E-STEM
Irregular
ﻃﺮﺗﻦ
ﻛﺮﺩﻥ
ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
ﻃﺔﺭﹺﺍﻥ
ﻫﺎﺗﻦ
to catch
to do, work
to eat
to travel
to come
ﻃﺮ
ﻛﺔ
ﺧﻮ
ﻃﺔﺭﹺﻱ
َﻱ
Singular Subject (ﻮ )ﺗ
ﺑﻄﺮﺓ
ﺑﻜﺔ
ﲞﻮ
ﺑﻄﺔﺭﹺﻱ
ﻭﺓﺭﺓ
(You) hold!
(You) do!
(You) eat!
(You) travel!
(You) come!
Note
By the rule
’ ﺓis dropped!
ﺓis dropped!
ﺓis dropped!
No rule!
ﺑﻄﺮﻥ
ﺑﻜﺔﻥ
ﻥﲞﻮ
ﻦﺑﻄﺔﺭﹺﻳ
ﻭﺓﺭﻥ
Plural Subject (ﻮﺓ)ﺋﻴ
TRANSITIVE VERBS W ITH OBJECT All the object position rules are the same as the present verb case. Independent Object With Pre-Word & Objective Bound Pronoun (Preposition, Compounding Agents, etc.) No Pre-Word & Objective Bound Pronoun 49
ﻥ\ﺓ+[Present Stem]ﺏ ﻥ\ﺓ+[Present Stem]ﺏ
[Object]
[BP][Pre-Word]
ﻥ\ﺓ+[Present Stem][BP]ﺏ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Eat ()ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ (You) eat! (You) eat Dolma! (You) eat it!
(You) say to me! (You) say it to me
(You) study!
ﲞﻮ
(You) study Kurdish!
ﳌﺔ ﲞﻮﺩﻭ ﺑﻴﺨﻮ
Say ()ﻃﻮﺗﻦ (You) say!
Study (ﻨﺪﻥ)ﺧﻮﻳ
ﺧﻮ
(You) study it!
ًﺋﺔﻭ ﲞﻮ
Listen ( ﻃﺮﺗﻦ)ﻃﻮﻱ
ﻟﹶﻲ
(You) listen!
ﺑﻠﹶًﻲ ﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﹶﻲ
ﻢ ﺑﻠﹶﻲﺛﻴ
ﺑﻠﹶﻲﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﺛﻲ
§
Add ( )ﻣﺔto the present stem. Don’t eat Dolma! Don’t speak to me! Don’t come tomorrow! Don’t be angry!
50
ﻨﺔﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﲞﻮﻳ ﻨﺔﻨﺔﹰ ﺑﻴﺨﻮﻳﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﲞﻮﻳ ﻃﺮﻃﻮﻱ ﺑﻄﺮﺓﻃﻮﻱ ﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺮﺓﻃﻮﻱ
(You) listen to me!
ﻢ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻄﺮﺓﻃﻮﻳ
To negate the imperative command: Drop ( )ﺏfrom the imperative.
ﻨﺔﻳﲞﻮ
(You) listen to me!
NEGATIVE IMPERATIVE
§
ﻦﺧﻮﻳ
!ﳌﺔ ﻣﺔﺧﻮﺩﻭ !ﻗﺴﺔﻡ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﻣﺔﻛﺔ !ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ ﻣﺔﻳﺔ !ﺗﻮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺔﺑﺔ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
PAST TENSE USE OF PAST TENSE Four different kinds of Past Tense exist in the Kurdish Language. §
Simple Past (e.g. ‘I came.’, ’I ate dinner.’, ‘I studied Kurdish.’ etc.)
§
Past Continuous/Habitual (e.g. ‘I was eating dinner.’, ‘I was studying.’ etc.) o
In Kurdish, certain verbs indicating someone’s likeness or hope are commonly expressed with the Past Continuous tense, rather than the Simple Past tense. (See “How to use the subjunctive” on page 80. )
§
Present Perfect (e.g. I have come.) o
For general purposes, the Present Perfect tense of Kurdish is equivalent to the English Present Perfect.
o
When an event started in the past and is still active: §
o
ﺮﺓ ﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﺸﺘﻮﻭﻳﻦﻤﺔ ﻟﻴ( ﺋﻴWe have been seated here.)
When we talk about something that happened in the past, but we don't specify precisely when it happened (perhaps we don't know, or it is not important to say when it happened):
§
§
( ﻧﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﺓ؟Have you eaten?)
§
( ﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻮﻭﺓHe has come.)
Past Perfect (e.g. I had come.) o
The Past Perfect tense of Kurdish is equivalent to the English Past Perfect and mostly used for subjuctive expressions. §
ﻳﺸﺘﺒﻮﻭﻡ ﻛﺎﰐﹶ ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ ﻫﺎﺕ( ﻣﻦ ﺭﹺﻭI have left when mom came.)
51
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
FORMATION OF SIMPLE PAST LINKING VERBS The simple past tense of linking verbs is formed by adding the Subjective Bound Pronoun (modified SET I on page 17) to “”ﺑﻮﻭ. Singular st
Plural
1 person
(I) was
ﺑﻮﻭﻡ
(We) were
ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ
2nd person
(You) were
ﺑﻮﻭﻱ\ﺑﻮﻭﻳﺖ
(You) were
ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
3rd person
(He) was
ﺑﻮﻭ
(They) were
ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
※ Note that there is no subjective bound pronoun for the 3rd person singular subject.
HOW TO USE [Subjective BP][ ﺑﻮﻭComplement] ADJECTIVE PHRASE COMPLEMENT She was( )ﺑﻮﻭpretty.
ﺑﻮﻭ ← ﺋﺔﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﻭ+ ﺋﺔﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ
NOUN PHRASE COMPLEMENT We were( )ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦteachers.
ﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ ← ﻣﺎﻣﻮ+ ﺳﺘﺎﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻣﻮﺋﻴ
ADVERBIAL + LINKING VERB I was( )ﺑﻮﻭﻡat school.
ﺑﻮﻭﻡ ← ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻮﻭﻡ+ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ
INTRANSITIVE VERBS The simple past tense of intransitive verbs is formed by adding subjective bound pronoun suffixes to the past stem of the verb. [Subjective BP][Past Root]
SUBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUNS In the case of intransitive verbs, the Bound Pronoun Set I variation (page 17) is used for the appropriate subjective suffixes.
52
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Subjective Bound Pronouns For Intransitive Verbs Singular Plural 1st person 2
nd rd
3
ﻡ
ﻳﻦ
person
ﻱ\ﻳﺖ
ﻥ
person
None
ﻥ
※ Note that there is no subjective bound pronoun for the 3rd person singular subject, while other subjective bound pronouns remain the same as in the present tense. You left early. I sat there. We understood.
.ﻳﺸﺘﻴﺖﺯﻭﻭ ﺭﹺﻭ . ﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﺸﺘﻢﻣﻦ ﻟﺔﻭﻱ .ﻤﺔ ﰐﹶ ﻃﺔﻳﺸﺘﲔﺋﻴ
※ The verb “to understand” is transitive in English, but in Kurdish, it means “to reach to”, which gives a sense of “to be understood”, and functions as an intransitive. J
TRANSITIVE VERBS SUBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUNS AND OBJECTIVE BOUND PRONOUNS In the past tense, § §
The Bound Pronoun Set II (page 17) is used for their subjective suffixes. The Bound Pronoun Set I (page 17) is used for their objective suffixes. Subjective BP For Transitive Verbs Singular Plural 1st person 2 3
nd
rd
Objective BP For Transitive Verbs Singular Plural
ﻡ
ﻣﺎﻥ
ﻡ
ﻳﻦ
person
ﺕ
ﺗﺎﻥ
ﻳﺖ
ﻥ
person
ﻱ
ﻳﺎﻥ
None
ﻥ
※ Bound Pronouns (both subjective and objective) are emphasized with bold below. NO OBJECT The simple past tense of transitive verbs is also formed by adding subjective bound pronoun suffixes to the past stem of the verb. [Subjective BP][Past Root]
53
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar NO OBJECT, BUT WITH PREPOSITION [Past Root]
[Subjective BP][Preposition]
COMPLEX OR COMPOUND VERBS 1) Without Objective Bound Pronoun [Past Root]
[Prep.]
[Subjective BP][Pre-Word]
2) With Objective Bound Pronoun [Objective BP][Past Root] [Prep.] [Subjective BP][Pre-Word]
WITH INDEPENDENT OBJECT (NOUN OR INDEPENDENT PRONOUN) 1)
Without Objective Bound Pronoun [Past Root]
2)
[Pre-Word]
[Prep.]
[Subjective BP][Object]
Without Objective Bound Pronoun [Objective BP][Past Root]
[Pre-Word]
[Prep.]
[Subjective BP][Object]
Examples:
With Objective BP
Without Objective BP
I ate those.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻣﻦ
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ
I saw you.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺘﻢ
.ﻡ ﺑﻴﲏﺗﻮ
I told you.
.ﻡ ﻃﻮﺕﻳﺖ)ﻣﻦ( ﺛﻲ
.ﻡ ﻃﻮﺕﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
He gave you the book.
. ﺩﺍﻳﺖﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﺛﻲﻛﺘﻴ
. ﺩﺍﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮﻛﺘﻴ
.ﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﻴﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮ
.ﻨﺎ ﻫﻴً ﺗﻮﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮ
.ﺑﲑﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ
.ﺑﲑﻱ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻡ ﻛﺮﺩ
. ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥﳌﺔﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻭ
. ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﳌﺔﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻭ
They bought the flower for you. I missed them. She cooked dolma for them.
54
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
FORMATION OF SIMPLE PAST NEGATIVE To negate a past simple sentence, add the past negative prefix ” ” ﻧﺔto the verb ending.
※ Note that the present negative prefix is ”ﻧﺎ."
LINKING VERBS Change the past ending( )ﺑﻮﻭto ()ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ. She wasn’t( )ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭpretty. We weren’t( )ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦteachers. I wasn’t( )ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭﻡat school.
.)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ .ﺳﺘﺎ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦﻤﺔ( ﻣﺎﻣﻮ)ﺋﻴ .)ﻣﻦ( ﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭﻡ
INTRANSITIVE VERBS 1) Simple Verb [Subjective BP][Past Root]ﻧﺔ 2) Complex/Compound Verb [Subjective BP][Past Root]ﻧﺔ
You didn’t leave early. I didn’t sit there. We didn’t understand.
[Pre-Word]
ﻳﺸﺘﻴﺖﺯﻭﻭ ﻧﺔﺭﹺﻭ ﺩﺍ ﻧﺔ ﻧﻴﺸﺘﻢﻣﻦ ﻟﺔﻭﻱ ﻤﺔ ﰐﹶ ﻧﺔﻃﺔﻳﺸﺘﲔﺋﻴ
TRANSITIVE VERBS The Subjective Bound Pronoun moves from the end of the verb to behind the negative prefix ()ﻧﺔ. If there is any preceding word besides the verb itself, the subjective suffix(Subjective BP) goes behind the preceding word(e.g. object, preposition, etc.). 1) Simple Verb A. No Object [Past Root][Subjective BP]ﻧﺔ
55
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar B. No Object, With Preposition [Past Root]ﻧﺔ
[Subjective BP][Preposition]
C. With Noun Object [Past Root]([ ﻧﺔPrep.)] [Subjective BP][Object] 2) Complex/Compound Verb A. No Object [Past Root]ﻧﺔ
[Subjective BP][Pre-Word/Preposition]
B. With Noun Object [Past Root][ ﻧﺔPre-Word/Preposition] [Subjective BP][Object]
With Objective BP I didn’t eat those.
Without Objective BP
.)ﻣﻦ( ﻧﺔﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔﻡ ﻧﺔﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ
I didn’t see you.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﻧﺔﻣﺒﲔﻳﺖ
.ﻡ ﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﲏﺗﻮ
I didn’t tell you.
.ﻢ ﻧﺔﻃﻮﺕﻳﺖ)ﻣﻦ( ﺛﻴ
.ﻡ ﻧﺔ ﻃﻮﺕﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
. ﻧﺔﺩﺍﻳﺖﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﺛﻲﻛﺘﻴ
. ﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮﻛﺘﻴ
.ﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﺔﻫﻴﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮ
.ﻨﺎ ﻧﺔﻫﻴً ﺗﻮﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮ
.ﺑﲑﻡ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﻥ
.ﺑﲑﻱ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻡ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩ
.ﳌﺔﻱ ﺑﺆ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺔﻧﺎﻥﺩﻭ
.ﺩﺅﻟﹶﻤﺔﻱ ﺑﺆ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺔﻧﺎ
He didn’t give you the book. They didn’t bring the flower for you. I didn’t miss them. She didn’t cook dolma for them.
FORMATION OF PAST COUNTINUOUS/HABITUAL Add the present modal prefix ” ”ﺩﺓto the simple past form. ※ Note that the past continuous tense is similar to the negative simple past form, except that the verb prefix is not ” ”ﻧﺔbut ””ﺩﺓ.
56
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
INTRANSITIVE VERBS You were leaving early. I was sitting there.
ﻳﺸﺘﻴﺖﺯﻭﻭ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭ ﺩﺍ ﺩﺓﻧﻴﺸﺘﻢﻣﻦ ﻟﺔﻭﻱ
TRANSITIVE VERBS With Objective BP
Without Objective BP
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺩﺓﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥﻡ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ
I was seeing you.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺩﺓﻣﺒﲔﻳﺖ
.ﻡ ﺩﺓ ﺑﻴﲏﺗﻮ
I was telling you.
.ﻢ ﺩﺓﻃﻮﺕﻳﺖ)ﻣﻦ( ﺛﻴ
.ﻡ ﺩﺓ ﻃﻮﺕﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
.ﺑﲑﻡ ﺩﺓﻛﺮﺩﻥ
.ﺑﲑﻱ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥﻡ ﺩﺓﻛﺮﺩ
I was eating those.
I was missing them.
PAST CONTINUOUS - NEGATIVE To negate the past continuous statement, add ” ”ﻧﺔin front of the past continuous.
INTRANSITIVE VERBS You weren’t leaving early. I wasn’t sitting there.
ﻳﺸﺘﻴﺖﺯﻭﻭ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭ ﺩﺍ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﻧﻴﺸﺘﻢﻣﻦ ﻟﺔﻭﻱ
TRANSITIVE VERBS If there is no object or any kind of pre-verb precedents, the subjective bound pronoun comes after ”” ﻧﺔ.
With Objective BP
Without Objective BP
I wasn’t eating those.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﻧﺔﻣﺪﺓﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥﻡ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ
I wasn’t seeing you.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﻧﺔﻣﺪﺓﺑﻴﲏﻳﺖ
.ﻡ ﻧﺔﺩﺓ ﺑﻴﲏﺗﻮ
I wasn’t telling you.
.ﻢ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﻃﻮﺕﻳﺖ)ﻣﻦ( ﺛﻴ
.ﻡ ﻧﺔﺩﺓ ﻃﻮﺕﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
.ﺑﲑﻡ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﻛﺮﺩﻥ
.ﺑﲑﻱ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥﻡ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﻛﺮﺩ
I wasn’t missing them.
57
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
FORMATION OF PRESENT PERFECT The present perfect tense is used for an action that started in the past and continues to the present time. How to make the Present Perfect Root: §
Add “ ”ﻭﻭto the Past Root of the verb. a. If the Past root ends in a consonant, add “”ﻭﻭ. b. If the past root ends in a vowel, add “”ﻭ. c. If the past root ends in
ﻭﻭ, don’t add anything.
LINKING VERBS ()ﺓ+[Present Copula]ﺑﻮﻭ
[Complement]
※ For Present Coupula, see page 17 (Chapter 4. The Linking Verb). You have become pretty. I have been sick. He has been grown (been big). They haven’t been in Hawler.
.ً( ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﻭﻳﺘﺔ)ﺗﻮ .ﺵ ﺑﻮﻭﻣﺔ)ﻣﻦ( ﻧﺔﺧﻮ .)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﻃﺔﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﻭﺓ .ﺮ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭﻧﺔﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﻴ
※ In the Present Perfect tense of the linking verb and intransitive verbs, the additional “ ”ﺓafter the Present Copula doesn’t appear all the time.
INTRANSITIVE VERBS The Present Perfect tense of intransitive verbs is formed from the the Present Perfect Root plus the Present Copulas. Simple Verb
()ﺓ+ [Present Copula][Present Perfect Root]
Complex/Compound Verb
()ﺓ+ [Present Copula][Present Perfect Root] [Pre-Word] You have left early.
.(ﻳﺸﺘﻮﻭﻳﺖ)ﺓﺯﻭﻭ ﺭﹺﻭ
I have seated here.
.(ﺮﺓ ﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﺸﺘﻮﻭﻡ)ﺓﻣﻦ ﻟﻴ
They haven’t understood. She has come. 1)
We have been stayed in Hawler. 2)
He has been stayed. 58
.(ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﰐﹶ ﻧﺔﻃﺔﻳﺸﺘﻮﻭﻥ)ﺓ .ﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻮﻭﺓ .ﺮ ﻣﺎﻭﻳﻨﺔﻭﺓﻤﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﻴﺋﻴ .ﺋﺔﻭ ﻣﺎﻭﺓﺗﺔﻭﺓ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar 1) “ ”ﺓﻭﺓsuffix always comes at the last position of the verb. 2) “ ”ﺕis inserted where two “ ”ﺓvowels conflict.
※ Some actions continuing in the present time also use the present perfect tense. He is sitting. He is standing.
He is lying down.
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﺸﺘﻮﻭﺓ
He is sleeping.
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﻭﺓﺳﺘﺎﻭﺓ
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﺛﺎﻝﹶ ﻛﺔﺗﻮﻭﺓ .ﺋﺔﻭ ﺧﺔﻭﺗﻮﻭﺓ
TRANSITIVE VERBS 1) Simple Verb a. No Object, No Preposition
ﺓ+[Past Tense Subjective BP][Present Perfect Root] b. No Object, With Preposition
ﺓ+[Present Perfect Root]
[Past Tense Subjective BP][Prep.]
c. With Noun Object
ﺓ+[Present Perfect Root]
[Prep.] [Subjective BP][Object]
2) Complex/Compound Verb a. No Object
ﺓ+[Present Perfect Root] [Subjective BP][Pre-Word] b. With Object
ﺓ+[Present Perfect Root]
[Pre-Word] [Subjective BP][Object] With Objective BP
I have eaten (it).
Without Objective BP
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﻣﺔ
.ﻧﺎﻥ ﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﺓ
* He has eaten (it).
.)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﻳﺔﰐ
.ﻧﺎﻥﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﺓ
I haven’t seen you.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﻧﺔﻣﺒﻴﻨﻴﻮﻭﻳﺖﺓ
.ﻡ ﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻮﻭﺓﺗﻮ
I have told you.
.ﻡ ﻃﻮﺗﻮﻭﻳﺖ)ﻣﻦ( ﺛﻲ
.ﻡ ﻃﻮﺗﻮﻭﺓﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
. ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﻭﻭﻳﺖﺓﻭﺓﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔﻱ ﺑﻮ
. ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﻭﻭﺓﺗﺔﻭﺓ ﺗﻮﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔﻱ ﺑﻮ
.ﺑﲑﻱ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﻭﻭﻥﺓ
.ﺑﲑﻱ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻱ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﻭﻭﺓ
He hasn’t opened the door for you. He hasn’t miss them.
※ The Subjective BP of
ﺋﺔﻭ
for the transitive verbs in the Present Perfect is “”ﻳﺔﰐ. 59
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
FORMATION OF PAST PERFECT The Past Perfect tense is used for an action that started and finished in the past. In general, the Past Perfect tense is used for complex sentences, that consist of two different past tenses, or for the subjunctive past tense: To form the past perfect tense of a verb: §
Add “ ”ﺑﻮﻭto the past root of the verb to make the past perfect root.
INTRANSITIVE VERBS Simple Verb Complex/Compound Verb
[Subjective BP][Past Perfect Root] [Subjective BP][Past Perfect Root] [Pre-Word]
You had left early.
.ﻳﺸﺘﺒﻮﻭﻳﺖﺯﻭﻭ ﺭﹺﻭ
I had seated here.
.ﺮﺓ ﺩﺍ ﻧﻴﺸﺘﺒﻮﻭﻡﻣﻦ ﻟﻴ
They hadn’t understood. 1)
She had come.
2)
We had been stayed.
3)
He had been stayed.
.ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﰐﹶ ﻧﺔﻃﺔﻳﺸﺘﺒﻮﻭﻥ .ﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﺒﻮﻭ .ﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﺑﻮﻭﻳﻨﺔﻭﺓﺋﻴ .ﺋﺔﻭ ﻣﺎﺑﻮﻭﻳﺔﻭﺓ
1) There is no subjective bound pronoun for the 3rd person singular subject (e.g.
)ﺋﺔﻭ
in this case. 2) “ ”ﺓﻭﺓsuffix always comes at the last position of the verb. 3) “ ”ﻱis inserted where two vowels(“ )”ﺓ“ & ”ﻭconflict.
TRANSITIVE VERBS
With Objective BP
Without Objective BP
I had eaten (it).
.)ﻣﻦ( ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﺑﻮﻭﻡ
.ﻧﺎﻥ ﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﺑﻮﻭ
He had eaten (it).
.)ﺋﺔﻭ( ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﺑﻮﻭ
.ﻧﺎﻥﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﺑﻮﻭ
I hadn’t seen you.
.)ﻣﻦ( ﻧﺔﻣﺒﻴﻨﻴﺒﻮﻭﻳﺖ
.ﻡ ﻧﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺒﻮﻭﺗﻮ
.ﻡ ﻃﻮﺗﺒﻮﻭﻳﺖ)ﻣﻦ( ﺛﻲ
.ﻡ ﻃﻮﺗﺒﻮﻭﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ
. ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﺑﻮﻭﻳﺖﺓﻭﺓﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔﻱ ﺑﻮ
. ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﺑﻮﻭﺓﻭﺓ ﺗﻮﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔﻱ ﺑﻮ
.ﺑﲑﻱ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﺑﻮﻭﻥ
.ﺑﲑﻱ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻱ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﺑﻮﻭ
I had told you. He hadn’t opened the door for you. He hadn’t miss them.
60
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
10. IRREGULAR VERBS There are several irregular verbs in Kurdish, whose conjugations follow neither the intransitive rules nor the transitive rules.
ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭﻥ There is no verb in Kurdish equivalent to the English verb ‘to have.’ Kurdish expresses possession through the following formula: Present Tense Without Object, Affirmative
ﺓ+[Possessive Pronoun]ﻫﺔ
Without Object, Negative
ﺓ+[Possessive Pronoun]ﱐ
With Object, Affirmative
ﻫﺔﻳﺔ
[Possessive Pronoun][Object]
With Object, Negative
ﻧﻴﻴﺔ
[Possessive Pronoun][Object]
Past Tense Without Object, Affirmative
ﺑﻮﻭ+[Possessive Pronoun]ﻫﺔ
Without Object, Negative
ﺑﻮﻭ+[Possessive Pronoun]ﻧﺔ
With Object, Affirmative
ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭ
[Possessive Pronoun][Object]
With Object, Negative
ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
[Possessive Pronoun][Object]
ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭﻥ I No Object
Present
affirm. neg.
Past
affirm. neg.
With Object
Present
affirm. neg.
Past
ﻫﺔﻣﺔ ﻧﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺔﻡ ﺑﻮﻭ ﻧﺔﻡ ﺑﻮﻭ ﻛﺎﰎ ﻫﺔﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﰎ ﻧﻴﺔ
affirm.
ﻛﺎﰎ ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭ
neg.
ﻛﺎﰎ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
We
I have (it) I don't have (it) I had (it) I didn't have (it) I have time I don't have time I had time I didn't have time
61
He
ﻫﺔﻣﺎﻧﺔ
ﻫﺔﻳﺔﰐ
ﻧﻴﻤﺎﻧﺔ
ﻧﻴﺔﰐ
ﻫﺔﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻭ
ﻫﺔﻱ ﺑﻮﻭ
ﻧﺔﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻭ
ﻫﺔﻱ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
ﻛﺎﲤﺎﻥ ﻫﺔﻳﺔ
ﻛﺎﰐ ﻫﺔﻳﺔ
ﻛﺎﲤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺔ
ﻛﺎﰐ ﻧﻴﺔ
ﻛﺎﲤﺎﻥ ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭ
ﻛﺎﰐ ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭ
ﻛﺎﲤﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
ﻛﺎﰐ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Other irregular verbs whose conjugations are similar to “”ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭﻥ: “ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
”ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎ, “”ﺳﺎﺭﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ, “”ﺑﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ, “”ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ, “”ﻟﺔ ﺑﲑ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ, etc.
※ Mostly, these verbs are related with one’s feeling or possession.
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ Pres.
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺔ
Past
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺒﻮﻭ ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
I feel hot I don't feel hot I felt hot I didn't feel hot
We feel hot
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺔ ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻭ
We don't feel hot
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻴﺔ
He doesn't feel hot
We felt hot
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﻭ
He felt hot
We didn't feel hot
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
He feels hot
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻳﺔﰐ
He didn't feel hot
ﻃﺔﺭﻣﺎﻱ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ Pres
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺔ
Past
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
I'm cold I'm not cold I was cold I wasn't cold
We are cold
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔ
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻳﺔﰐ
He is cold
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺔ
We aren't cold
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻴﺔ
He isn't cold
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻭ
We were cold
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﻭ
He was cold
We weren't cold
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
ﺳﺔﺭﻣﺎﻱ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
He wasn’t cold
ﺑﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ Pres
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﺔ
Past
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
I'm hungry
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﺔ
I'm not hungry I was hungry I wasn't hungry
We are hungry
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻴﺔﰐ
He is hungry
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺔ
We aren’t hungry
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻲ ﻧﻴﻴﺔ
He isn't hungry
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻭ
We were hungry
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻲ ﺑﻮﻭ
He was hungry
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
We weren’t hungry
ﺑﺮﺳﻴﻲ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
He wasn't hungry
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ Pres
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻣﺔ ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻡ ﻧﻴﺔ
Past
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻡ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
I'm thirsty
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻣﺎﻧﺔ
I'm not thirsty I was thirsty I wasn't thirsty
We are thirsty
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻳﺔﰐ
He is thirsty
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺔ
We aren't thirsty
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻴﺔ
He isn't thirsty
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻭ
We were thirsty
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺑﻮﻭ
He was thirsty
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
We weren't thirsty
ﺗﻴﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
He wasn't thirsty
ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ Present Past Present With Object Past No Object
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺔ
I remember (it)
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺎﻧﺔWe
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻳﻴﺔ
He
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻡ ﻧﻴﺔ
I don't remember (it)
ﻟﺔ ﺑﲑﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺔWe
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻱ ﻧﻴﺔ
He
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻡ ﺑﻮﻭ
I remembered (it)
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻭWe
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻱ ﺑﻮﻭ
He
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻡ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
I didn't remember (it)
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭWe
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻱ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﻟﺔﺑﲑﺓ
I remember that
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﲑﺓWe
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﲑﺓ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻧﻴﺔWe
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﻴﺔ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺑﻮﻭWe
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺑﻮﻭ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭWe
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
I don't remember that I remembered that I didn't remember that
62
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺿﻮﻭﻥ He
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻱ ﺩﺓﺿﻲ
Weﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﺿﻲ
)I forget (it
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻡ ﺩﺓﺿﻲ
He
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻱ ﻧﺎﺿﻲ
We
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺿﻲ
)I don't forget (it
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻡ ﻧﺎﺿﻲ
He
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻱ ﺿﻮﻭ
Weﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﻮﻭ
He
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻱ ﻧﺔﺿﻮﻭ
Weﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﺿﻮﻭ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺩﺓﺿﻲ
Weﺋﺔﻭﺓﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺩﺓﺿﻲ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺎﺿﻲ
Weﺋﺔﻭﺓﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺎﺿﻲ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺿﻮﻭ
Weﺋﺔﻭﺓﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺿﻮﻭ
He
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺔﺿﻮﻭ
Weﺋﺔﻭﺓﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺔﺿﻮﻭ
)I forgot (it )I didn't forget (it I forget that I don't forget that I forgot that I didn't forget that
) ( LIKEﺛ ﻲ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ ( THINK ) ,ﺛ ﻲ ﻭﺍ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ,
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻡ ﺿﻮﻭ
He
ﺛﻴﻲ ﺧﻮﺷﺔ
We
ﺛﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻳﺔ
He
ﺛﻴﻲ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﻴﺔ
We
ﺛﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻧﻴﺔ
He
ﺛﻴﻲ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﻭ
We
ﺛﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍ ﺑﻮﻭ
He
ﺛﻴﻲ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
We
ﺛﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
)I didn't like (it
He
ﺩﻟﹶﻲ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺷﺔ
We
ﺩﻟﹶﻤﺎﻥ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺷﺔ
I'm happy
He
ﺩﻟﹶﻲ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﻧﻴﺔ
We
ﺩﻟﹶﻤﺎﻥ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﻧﻴﺔ
He
ﺩﻟﹶﻲ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﻭ
We
ﺩﻟﹶﻤﺎﻥ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﻭ
He
ﺩﻟﹶﻲ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
We
ﺩﻟﹶﻤﺎﻥ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
)I don't like (it )I liked (it
I'm not happy I was happy I wasn't happy
Past
ﻟﺔﺑﲑﻡ ﻧﺔﺿﻮﻭ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺩﺓﺿﻲ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺎﺿﻲ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﺿﻮﻭ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻡ ﻟﺔﺑﲑ ﻧﺔﺿﻮﻭ
) HAPPY
)I like (it
Present
Present With Object Past No Object
( BEﺩ ﻝﹶ ﺧ ﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
ﺛﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺷﺔ
Present
ﺛﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺛﻴَﻢ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﻭ
Past
ﺛﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ ﺩﻟﹶﻢ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺷﺔ
Present
ﺩﻟﹶﻢ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺩﻟﹶﻢ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﻭ
Past
ﺩﻟﹶﻢ ﺛﻴﺨﻮﺵ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
) ( LIKEﺣﺔﺯ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ )I like (it
He
ﺣﺔﺯﻱ ﱄﹶ ﻳﺔ
We
ﺣﺔﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻴﺔ
He
ﺣﺔﺯﻱ ﱄﹶ ﻧﻴﺔ
We
ﺣﺔﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﱄﹶ ﻧﻴﺔ
He
ﺣﺔﺯﻱ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻮﻭ
We
ﺣﺔﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻮﻭ
He
ﺣﺔﺯﻱ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
We
ﺣﺔﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
)I didn't like (it
He
ﺣﺔﺯﻱ ﻟﺔﻛﺘﻴﺒﺔ
We
ﺣﺔﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﺮﳒﺔ
I like apple
)I don't like (it )I liked (it
ﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﻟﻴﻴﺔ ﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﱄﹶ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻮﻭ
Past
ﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ ﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﻟﺔﺳﻴﻮﺓ
He
ﺣﺔﺯﻱ ﻟﺔﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﻧﻴﺔ
We
ﺣﺔﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﻧﻴﺔ
“ I don’t like
ﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﻟﺔﺳﻴﻮ ﻧﻴﺔ
He
ﺣﺔﺯﻱ ﻟﺔﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺑﻮﻭ
We
ﺣﺔﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺑﻮﻭ
I liked apple
ﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﻟﺔﺳﻴًﻮ ﺑﻮﻭ
He
ﺣﺔﺯﻱ ﻟﺔﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
We
ﺣﺔﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
“ I didn’t like
ﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﻟﺔﺳﻴًﻮ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
63
Present
Present Past
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
) ( WANTﻭﻳﺴﱳ He
ﺩﺓﻳﺔﻭﻱ
We
ﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﻱ
)I want (it
ﺩﺓﻣﺔﻭﻱ
He
ﻧﺎﻳﺔﻭﻱ
We
ﻧﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﻱ
)I don't want (it
ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻭﻱ
He
ﺩﺓﻳﻮﻳﺴﺖ
We
ﺩﺓﻣﺎﻧﻮﻳﺴﺖ
)I wanted (it
ﺩﺓﻣﻮﻳﺴﺖ
He
ﻧﺔﻳﻮﻳﺴﺖ
We
ﻧﺔﻣﺎﻧﻮﻳﺴﺖ
)I didn't want (it
ﻧﺔﻣﻮﻳﺴﺖ
He
ﺗﻮﻱ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ
We
ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ
I want you
ﺗﻮﻡ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ
He
ﺗﻮﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ
We
ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ
I don't want you
Present Past Present
ﺗﻮﻡ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ
He
ﺗﻮﻱ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
We
ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
I wanted you
ﺗﻮﻡ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
He
ﺗﻮﻱ ﻧﺔﻭﻳﺴﺖ
We
ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﻭﻳﺴﺖ
I didn't want you
ﺗﻮﻡ ﻧﺔﻭﻳﺴﺖ
Past
) ( LOVEﺧ ﻮﺵ ﻭﻳﺴﱳ )I love (it
He
ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ
Weﺧﻮﴰﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ
He
ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ
Weﺧﻮﴰﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ
He
ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
Weﺧﻮﴰﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
He
ﺧﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﺔﻭﻳﺴﺖ
Weﺧﻮﴰﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻭﻳﺴﺖ
He
ﻣﲏ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ
Weﺋﺔﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ
He
ﻣﲏ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ
Weﺋﺔﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ
He
ﻣﲏ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
Weﺋﺔﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
I loved him
He
ﻣﲏ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺔﻭﻳﺴﺖ
Weﺋﺔﻭﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺔﻭﻳﺴﺖ
I didn't love him
)I don't love (it
ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ
)I loved (it
ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
)I didn't love (it
ﺧﻮﺷﻢ ﻧﺔﻭﻳﺴﺖ
I love him I don't love him
Present
ﺋﺔﻭﻡ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ
Past Present
ﺋﺔﻭﻡ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺎﻭﻱ ﺋﺔﻭﻡ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺓﻭﻳﺴﺖ
Past
ﺋﺔﻭﻡ ﺧﻮﺵ ﻧﺎﻭﻳﺴﺖ
) ( NEEDﺛ ﻲ ﻭﻳﺴﱳ )I need (it
Heﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻴﻴﺔﰐ
Weﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺎﻧﺔ
Heﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺛﻴﻲ ﻧﻴﺔ
Weﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺛﻴﻲ ﻧﻴﺔ
Heﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺑﻮﻭ
Weﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺛﻴﻲ ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭ
Heﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
Weﻟﺔﺑﲑﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
Heﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮﻳﺔ
Weﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮﻳﺔ
Heﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻴﺔ
Weﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮﻧﻴﺔ
I don't need I needed
I didn't need I need you
ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺔ\ﻫﺔﻳﺔ ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﺛﻴﻲ ﻫﺔﺑﻮﻭ
Past
ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮﻳﺔ
I don't need
ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻴﺔ
Heﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻮﻭ
Weﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻮﻭ
I needed you
ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻮﻭ
Heﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
Weﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
I didn't need
ﺛﻴﻮﻳﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺔ ﺗﻮ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ
64
Present
Present Past
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
SPECIAL COMPOUND VERBS There are some compound verbs which can embed their objects in their verb conglomerate using the Izafe(linking vowel), “”ﻱ. a. You(’ll) learn Kurdish.
.ﺮ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻓﻴﺗﻮ
b. You(’ll) learn Kurdish.
.ﺮﻱ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﺖ ﻓﻴﺗﻮ
c. I(’ll) teach you English.
.ﺮﺕ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡﻣﻦ ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻱ ﻓﻴ
d. I(’ll) teach you English.
.ﺮﻱ ﺋﻴﻨﻄﻠﻴﺰﻳﺖ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﻓﻴﺗﻮ
e. I watch TV. f.
I visit my relative.
.ﻥ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡﺗﺔﻣﺎﺷﺎﻱ ﺗﺔﻟﺔﻓﺰﻳﻮ .ﺳﺔﺭﺩﺍﻥﻱ ﺧﺰﻡ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ
※ a & b have the same meaning. ※ c & d have the same meaning. ※ The object of the verbs, “ﻛﺮﺩﻥ
(”ﺗﺔﻣﺎﺷﺎto watch) and “(”ﺳﺔﺭﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﻥto visit) is always
linked by “”ﻱ.
65
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
11. PASSIVES When an action is completed by someone or something other than the subject of the sentence, the sentence is considered “passive.” Active statement He bought the book Passive statement The book was bought
ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﻛﺮﹺﻱﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﺘﻴ ﺒﺔﻛﺔ ﻛﺮﹺﺍﻛﺘﻴ
※ Note that the passive statement cannot take an object and the passive verb’s conjugation always follows the intransitive rules.
FORMAT ION The present passive stem is constructed from the Present Stem of transitive verb + “”ﺭﻱ. [Subjective BP]ﺭﻱ+[Present Stem]ﺩﺓ The past passive stem is constructed from Present Stem of transitive verb + “”ﺭﺍ. [Subjective BP]ﺭﺍ+[Present Stem]
Present & Future
Past Simple
Present Perfect
Past Perfect
ﻧﺎﺭﺩﻥ
ﻨﺎﻥﻫﻴ
ﺑﻴﻨﲔ
to send
to bring
to see
ﻴﺖﺮﺭﻳ ﺩﺓﻧﻴﺗﻮ
ﻨﺮﻱﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﻫﻴ
ﻦﻮﺓ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﺮﻳﺋﻴ
You’ll be sent
The flower(‘ll be) is brought
You’ll be seen
ﺮﺭﻱﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﻧﺎﻧﺎﻧﻴ
ﻦﻨﺮﻳﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﻫﻴ
ﲔﻤﺔ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﺮﻳﺋﻴ
This’ll not be sent
They are going to be brought
We’ll be seen
َﺮﺭﺍًﺒﺔﻛﺔ ﻧﻴﻛﺘﻴ
ﻨﺮﺍًﺒﺔﻛﺔ ﻫﻴﻛﺘﻴ
ًﺒﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﺮﺍﻛﺘﻴ
The book was sent
The book was brought
The book was seen
ﺮﺭﺍﻡﻣﻦ ﻧﻴ
ﻨﺮﺍﻥﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﻴ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﺮﺍﻡ
I was sent
They were brought
I was seen
ًﺮﺭﺍﻭﻳﺖ ﻧﻴﺗﻮ
ﻨﺮﺍﻭﻳﺖ ﻫﻴﺗﻮ
ﺑﻴﻨﺮﺍﻭﻳﺖﺗﻮ
You have been sent
You have been brought
You have been seen
ﺮﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦﻤﺔ ﻧﻴﺋﻴ
ﻨﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﻭﻡﻣﻦ ﻫﻴ
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﻭ
We had been sent
I had been brought
He had been seen
66
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
IRREGULAR PASSIVES VERBS W ITH “ ” ﺩﻥENDING As observed above(page 66), both the Present Passive and the Past Passive are normally constructed from the Present Stem of the verb, but it is acceptable to use the Past Root instead of the present stem. Sometimes, the Past Root is even preferred to the present stem, especially when the verb base (of the infinitive form) ends with “”ﺩﻥ. Both present and past passive statements can be constructed from the Past Root.
ﻨﺪﻥﺧﻮﻳ Present Tense Past Tense
( ﻫﺔﻝﹶ ﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﻥto choose, elect)
(to study)
Using Present Stem
Using Past Root
Using Present Stem
Using Past Root
ﻨﺮﻱﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻳ
ﻱ ﻨﺪﺭﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﻳ
ﺮﺭﻱﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻟﹶﺪﺓﺑﺬﻳ
ﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻟﹶﺪﺓﺑﺬﺍﺭﺩﺭﻱ
Kurdish is studied
Kurdish is studied
He is elected
He is elected
ﻨﺮﺍﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﻳ
ﻨﺪﺭﺍﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﻳ
ﺮﺭﺍﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻟﹶﺒﺬﻳ
ﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻟﹶﺒﺬﺍﺭﺩﺭﺍ
Kurdish was studied
Kurdish was studied
He was elected
He was elected
Also, if the verb’s Present Stem ends with the letter “”ﻥ, an extra “ ”ﺩconsonant is added to the present stem to induce a more comfortable pronunciation. Present
Past
ﻴﺖ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﺮﻳﺗﻮ
ﻴﺖ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﺪﺭﻳﺗﻮ
ﺑﻴﻨﺮﺍﻳﺖﺗﻮ
ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺭﺍﻳﺖﺗﻮ
You(‘ll) be seen
You(‘ll) be seen
You were seen
You were seen
COMMON IRREGULARS Although the passive voice is regularly and predictably formed from the vast majority of verbs, these common verbs have irregularly formed passives:
A-STEM VERBS Present Passive to do to reach to give to drop to take
ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ ﺩﺍﻥ ﺧﺴﱳ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ
It is done
ﺩﺓﻛﺮﻱ
It is reached
ً ﺩﺓﻃﺮ ﻱ It is given ًﺩﺓﺩﺭﻱ It is dropped ﺩﺓﺧﺮﻱ It is taken ﺩﺓﺑﺮﻱ 67
Past Passive They were done
ﻛﺮﺍﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﻥ They were given ﺩﺭﺍﻥ They were dropped ﺧﺮﺍﻥ They were taken ﺑﺮﺍﻥ They were reached
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
O-STEM VERBS
to wash
ﺷﻮﺷﱳ to eat ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻥ
Present Passive It is washed ﺩﺓﺷﻮﺭﻱ It is eaten
ًﺩﺓﺧﻮﺭﻱ
Past Passive They were washed ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻥ They were eaten
ﺧﻮﺭﺍﻥ
OTHER IRREGULARS
to hold, to seize to say
ﻃﺮﺗﻦ ﻃﻮﺗﻦ
Present Passive It is held ﺩﺓﻃﲑﻱ
Past Passive They were held ﻃﲑﺍﻥ
It is said
They were said
ﺩﺓﻃﻮﺗﺮﻱ
These stories will be printed. This story was written 2 yrs ago. The car will be washed. The key is stolen. The book was read.
ﻃﻮﺗﺮﺍﻥ
.ﻦﻛﺎﻧﺔ ﺿﺎﺙ ﺩﺓﻛﺮﻳﺋﺔﻡ ﺿﲑﻭ .ﺴﺘﺎ ﻧﻮﻭﺳﺮﺍﺶ ﺋﻴ ﺳﺎﻝﹶ ﺛﻴ2 ﻛﺔﺋﺔﻡ ﺿﲑﻭ .ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﺷﻮﺭﻱ .ﻛﻠﻴﻠﺔﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﺩﺯﺭﻱ .ﻨﺪﺭﺍﻳﺔﻭﺓﺒﺔﻛﺔ ﺧﻮﻳﻛﺘﻴ
FACTITIVE VERBS The factitive infinitive is formed from the present stem of an intransitive verb +””ﺍﻧﺪﻥ. The present stem of all such verbs ends with “ﻦ”ﻳ. Intransitive Verb
Present Stem
Factitive Verb
Present Stem
ﺭﹺﻭﺧﺎﻥ
ﺭﹺﻭﺧﻲ
ﺭﹺﻭﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ
ﻦﺭﹺﻭﺧﻴ
to be destroyed
to destroy
ﻣﺮﺩﻥ
ﻣﺮ
to die
ﻣﺮﺍﻧﺪﻥ to make someone die, kill
ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ
ﻃﺔ
ﻃﺔﻳﺎﻧﺪﻥ
to reach
ﰐﹶ ﻃﺔﻳﺸﱳ
ﻦﻣﺮﻳ ﻦﻃﺔﻳﻴ
to make reach, deliver
ﰐﹶ ﻃﺔ
to understand I could make him understand somehow. I’m going to demolish the house and build a new one.
ﰐﹶ ﻃﺔﻳﺎﻧﺪﻥ
ﻦﰐﹶ ﻃﺔﻳﻴ
to make someone understand
.ﻨﺔﻃﺎﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻨﻢ ﻛﺔ ﻛﺔﺱ ﻟﻴﻲ ﺑﻄﺔﻳﻴﻚ ﺗﻴﺭﻳﺩﺓﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﺔ ﺟﻮ . ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡﻜﻲ ﻧﻮﻱﻦﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺔﻛﻴﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﺧﻴ 68
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
12 PREPOSITIONS – PART II Note that in most cases the preposition, ” “ﻟﺔis coupled with its corresponding (“”ﺩﺍ, ””ﺓﻭﺓ, etc) postposition. Time
ﻛﺎﺕ
At 4 o’clock
ﻟﺔ ﺳﺔﻋﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍ ﻨﺞ ﺩﺓﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺳﺔﻋﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺿﻞ ﻭ ﺛﻴ ﻟﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺓ ﺷﺔﻭ ﺩﺍ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﰐ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﱐ ﻧﻴﻮﺓﺭﹺﻭ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﺍ ﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍ21 ﻟﺔ ﺫﻱ ﺩﻭﻭﺷﺔﳑﺔ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﹺﻭ ﺯ ﺩﺍﺫﻱ ﻧﺔﻭﺭﻭﻟﺔ ﺭﹺﻭ ﺫﻱ ﻫﺔﻳﲏ ﺩﺍﻮﺍﺭﺓﻱ ﺭﹺﻭﻟﺔ ﺋﻴ ﺩﺍ2010ﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﹶﻲ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﺳﺔﺩﺓﻱ ﺣﺔﻇﺪﺓﻡ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﺳﺔﺩﺓﻛﺎﱐ ﻧﺎﻭﺓﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﰐ ﺑﺔﻳﺎﱐ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﰐ ﺷﺔﻭ ﺩﺍ 10 ﺑﻮﺳﺔﻋﺎﺕ ﺿﺎﺭﺓﻛﻲ ﺩﺓﻭﻱ ﺫﻱ ﺩﻭﻭﺷﺔﳑﺔﻱ ﺩﺍﻫﺎﺗﻮﻭ ﺩﺓﺗﺒﻴﻨﻢﻣﻦ ﺭﹺﻭ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻧﻄﻲ ﺋﺎﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﺮﺩﻭﻭ ﺳﺔﻓﺔﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺳﺔﻳﺮﺍﻥﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻭﺓﻱ ﺑﺔﻫﺎﺭﺩﺍ ﺧﺔﻟﹶﻜﻲ ﺩﺓﺿﻦ ﺑﻮ ﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻭﺓﻱ ﺳﺎﻟﹶﺔﻛﺎﱐ ﻫﺔﺷﺘﺎ ﺩﺍ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺟﺎﺭ ﺳﺔﻓﺔﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻭﺓﻱ ﺋﺔﻡ ﻫﺔﻓﺘﺔﻳﺔ ﺩﺍ ﺋﺎﺳﻮ ﺭﻙ ﺫﻳﺎﻳﲔ ﻟﺔ ﺷﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮ2007 ﻭﺓ ﺗﺎ2003 ﻤﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﹶﻲﺋﻴ ﺿﺎﻭﺓﺭﹺﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺔﺗﺎ ﺳﺒﺔﻳﲏ ﻫﻴﺾ ﺭﻭﻭﻱ ﻧﺔﺩﺍ4 ﺗﺎ ﺳﺔﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﺔﻭﺓﺋﺔﻭ ﺳﻨﺪﻭﻗﺔ ﻣﺔﻛﺔﺭﺓﻭﺓ ﺗﺎﻛﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻳ
At 4:35 At midnight At lunchtime At the same time On April 21st On Monday On Nawroz Day On Friday afternoon In 2010 In summer In the 17th Century In the Middle Ages In the morning In the evening It’s quarter to ten I’ll see you next Monday. They traveled last March. People go for picnics during spring During the 1980’s Aso traveled twice during this week We lived in NY from 2003 to 2007 Wait until tomorrow Nothing happened until 4 o’clock Don’t open this box until I come back
69
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
ﺷﻮﻳﻦ
Place
ﻟﺔ ﻓﺮﻭﻛﺔﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺔﻗﺎﻣﺔﻛﺔ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﺔﻭﺓ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺔﺧﻮﺷﺨﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﻧﻔﺮﺍﻧﺴﻴﻚ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﺓﻛﺔﺩﺍ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ ﺯﺓﻭﻱ ﺫﻭﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺫﻭﻭﺭﻳﻚ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺷﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﺔﻧﺪﺓﻥ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﻀﺔﻳﺔﻙ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺷﺎﺭﻭﺿﻜﺔﻳﺔﻙ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺛﺎﺭﻛﻴًﻚ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺷﺔﻗﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺔﻳﺔﻙ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺋﺎﻭﻳﻨﺔ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺋﺎﻭ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺩﺓﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﺋﺎﲰﺎﻥ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺭﹺﻭﺫﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺿﻴﺎﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺩﺓﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺋﺎﺷﱵ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺩﺍ ﺩﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺓﺭﺯﻱ ﺯﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺓﺭﺯﻱ ﻫﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺩﺍ ﺋﺔﻡ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓ ﻟﺔ ﻧﻴًﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺓﺧﺘﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍ ﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺓﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﻮﺭﺳﻴﺔﻛﺎﻧﺪﺍ ﻳﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﻴﺮﺓﻭﺓ ﺳﺔﻓﺔﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﻮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ ﻫﺎﺗﻮﻭﻡ )ﻣﻦ ﺧﺔﻟﹶﻜﻲ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﱎ( ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺖ ﺑﻮ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺴﻮﺭﹺِﻳﻮﺓ ﺑﻮ ًﻻﻱ ﺿﺔﺙ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔﻱ ﻧﺰﻳﻚ ﺭﹺﻭﻭﺑﺎﺭﺓﻛﺔ
At the airport
70
At the end of the street At home At the hospital At a conference On the wall On the floor In a room In London In a garden In a town In a park In a street In a photo In a mirror In the water In the sea In the sky In the newspaper In the mountains In my mouth Between Ashty and Huda Between winter and spring Among the trees Among the chairs He traveled from Hawler to Suli. I’m from Kurdistan
He goes to school Turn to the left please The house by the river
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Way, Method
ﺑﺔ,ﻱﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ
It’s a letter from my friend
ﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺓﺭﺓﻛﺔﻣﺔﻭﺓ ﺒﺨﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﻜﻢ ﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻴﺒﻴﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﻴ 10 ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻳﺔﻙ ﺑﺔ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺩﺍ ﺮﺓﻭﺓﻣﺔﺗﺮ ﻟﺔ ﺭﹺﻭﺫﻫﺔﻻﹶﰐ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﻴ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ5 ﻞ ﻫﺎﺕﻣﺒﻴﺗﻮﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺔ ﺋﻮ ﻤﲏ ﺷﺎﻋﲑﻚ ﻟﺔ ﻧﻮﺳﻴﲏ ﻫﻴﻫﺔﻟﹶﺒﺔﺳﺘﻴ ﻤﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺷﻮﺷﺔ ﺩﺍ ﺷﺖ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﻨﲔﺋﻴ ﻠﹶﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﺍﺕﺷﺔﻣﺔﻧﺪﺓﻓﺔﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﺑﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺗﻮﻧﻴ ﻜﺔﻭﺓﺘﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺗﺎﻧﻜﻴﻴﺭﻳﺔﻭﺓ ﺩﺓﺭﺫﻳﺋﺎﻭﺓﻛﺔ ﺑﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺋﺔﻡ ﺑﻮ
I borrowed a book from the library An increase of 10% 5 km east from(of) Hawler He came by car A poem by Hemin, the poet We see through the glass The train is going through the tunnel The water flows into the tank through this pipe
POSITION PREPOSITIONS She is looking out of the window. She is walking across the countryard. He is throwing some paper into the trash can.
He is throwing some paper onto the ground. She is going to the library. He is coming back from the library. The paper is falling off the table. She is walking away from the notice board. She is walking towards the notice board. She is walking up the stairs. The flowers are growing along the wall.
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓﻛﺔﻭﺓ ﺳﺔﻳﺮ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ .ﺬﺍﻳﻲ ﺣﺔﻭﺷﺔﻛﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺔﺩﺭﻳ ﺩﺓﺩﺍﺗﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺗﺔﻧﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﻛﺎﻏﺔﺯ ﻓﺮﻱﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻧﺪﻱ .ﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔﻭﺓﺧﻮ . ﺩﺓﺩﺍﺗﺔ ﺳﺔﺭ ﺯﺓﻭﻳﺔﻛﺔ ﻛﺎﻏﺔﺯ ﻓﺮﻱﺋﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻧﺪﻱ .ﺒﺨﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﻛﺘﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺿﻴ .ﺘﺔﻭﺓﺒﺨﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﻃﺔﺭﹺﻳﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻴ .ﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺓﺰﺓﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﻳﻛﺎﻏﺔﺯﺓﻛﺔ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ ﻣﻴ .ﺘﺔﻭﺓﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺔ ﺛﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻧﻴﺸﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﺩﻭﻭﺭ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﻳ .ﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺔﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻﻱ ﻧﻴﺸﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﺍﺕ .ﺖﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻣﺔﻛﺎﻧﺪﺍ ﺳﺔﺭ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﻳ .ﺬﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﻃﺔﺷﺔ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺔ ﺩﻳ
He is walking down the steps.
.ﺘﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺓﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻣﺔﻛﺎﻧﺪﺍ ﺩﻳ
He is looking over the balcony.
.ﺖﻧﺔﻛﺔﻭﺓ ﺩﺓﺭﹺﻭﺍﻧﻴﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺔﺳﺔﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﹶﻜﻮ
Th bush is outside the window.
.ﺩﺓﻭﺓﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﺓﻭﺓﻱ ﺛﺔﳒﺔﺭﺓﻛﺔﺩﺍﻳﺔ
The ribbon is around the basket.
.ﻠﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﺔ ﺩﺓﻭﺭﻱ ﺳﺔﺑﺔﺗﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍﻳﺔﻗﺮﺩﻳ
The cassettes are inside the drawer.
.ﺘﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺿﺔﻛﻤﺔﺟﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍﻥﻛﺎﺳﻴ
He stands against the table. The mug cup is underneath the table. The table is near the fireplace.
71
.ﺰﺓﻛﺔﻭﺓﻳﺔﺒﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﺔﺗﺔﻧﻴﺸﺖ ﻣﻴﻛﺘﻴ .ﺰﺓﻛﺔﺩﺍﻳﺔﺮ ﻣﻴﻛﻮﺛﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺫﻳ .ﺰﺓﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺰﻳﻚ ﺋﺎﻃﺮﺩﺍﻧﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍﻥﻣﻴ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar The dried flowers are in the room. The clock is between the desks. The candle is on the desk. The picture is over the desk. The plant is on the top of the bookcase. The plate is in the middle of the bookcase. The books are at the bottom of the bookcase. The plates are above the books. The cups are below the teapot. The teapot is beside/next to the plate. The magazines are in fron of the television. The magazines are behind the television.
.ﻃﻮﻟﹶﺔ ﻭﺷﻜﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭ ﺫﻭﻭﺭﺓﻛﺔﺩﺍﻥ .ﺰﺓﻛﺎﻧﺪﺍﻳﺔﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻴﺳﺔﻋﺎﺗﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔﻧﻴ .ﺰﺓﻛﺔﻳﺔﻣﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ ﻣﻴﻣﻮ .ﺰﺓﻛﺔﻭﺓﻳﺔﻨﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭﻭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﻭﻳ .ﻻﹶﺑﺔﻛﺔﻳﺔﺭﹺﻭﺓﻛﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔﺳﺔﺭ ﺩﻭ .ﻻﹶﺑﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍﻳﺔﻗﺎﺛﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﻭﺓﺭﺍﺳﱵ ﺩﻭ .ﻻﹶﺑﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍﻥﺒﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺓﻱ ﺩﻭﻛﺘﻴ .ﺒﺔﻛﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓﻥﻗﺎﺛﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺔﺳﺔﺭﻭﻭﻱ ﻛﺘﻴ .ﺭﻳﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍﻥﺮ ﻗﻮﻛﻮﺛﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﺫﻳ .ﺭﻳﺔﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺗﺔﻧﻴﺸﺖ ﻗﺎﺛﺔﻛﺔﻭﺓﻳﺔﻗﻮ .ﻧﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍﻥﻇﺎﺭﺓﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺔ ﺑﺔﺭﺩﺓﻡ ﺗﺔﻟﺔﻇﺰﻳﻮﻃﻮ .ﻧﺔﻛﺔﺩﺍﻥﻇﺎﺭﺓﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺔ ﺛﺸﺘﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﺗﺔﻟﺔﻇﺰﻳﻮﻃﻮ
More Idioms: Danielle is afraid of dogs. I don’t agree with you. Azad was angry with Jwan. I feel anxious about this journey. Azad apologizes to Jwan. She applied for the job. He is ashamed of himself. You asked for help. I’m busy with studying.
.ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﺔ ﺳﺔﻁ ﺩﺓﺗﺮﺳﻲ . ﻫﺎﻭﺭﹺﺍ ﻧﻴﻢﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺗﻮ .ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ ﻟﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺭﹺﺓ ﺑﻮﻭ .ﻧﻴﻄﺔﺭﺍﱎ ﻟﺔ ﺋﺔﻡ ﻃﺔﺷﺘﺔ .ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻭﺍﻱ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻟﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ . ﺋﻴﺸﺔﻛﺔﺸﻜﺔﺵ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺍﻛﺎﺭﻳﺔﻛﻲ ﺛﻴ .ﻱ ﺷﺔﺭﻣﺔﺯﺍﺭﺓﺋﺔﻭ ﻟﺔ ﺧﻮ .ﺩﺍﻭﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺭﻣﺔﺗﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ .ًﻨﺪﱎﻣﻦ ﺧﺔﺭﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺔ ﺧﻮﻳ
I bought the book for $10.
ﻛﺮﹺﻱ$10ﺒﺔﻛﺔﻡ ﺑﺔﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﻴ
We are close to winning.
.ﻤﺔ ﻧﺰﻳﻜﲔ ﻟﺔ ﺳﺔﺭﻛﺔﻭﺗﻦﺋﻴ
He compares this with that. A competes with B Jwan complains about.. Azad congratulates for..
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺔﺭﺍﻭﺭﺩﻱ ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﻣﻠﻤﻼﱐﹶ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ... ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﺎﺯﺓﻧﺪﺓ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ ﻟﺔ ... ﻧﺔﻱﺯﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺔﺑﻮﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ ﺛﲑﻭ
This house consists of 5 rooms.
.ﺖﻚ ﺩﻳﻨﺞ ﺫﻭﻭﺭ ﺛﻴﺋﺔﻡ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓ ﻟﺔ ﺛﻴ
This market is crowded with people.
.ﺭ ﺧﺔﻟﻚﺋﺔﻡ ﺩﻭﻛﺎﻧﺔ ﻗﺔﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﹶﻐﺔ ﺑﺔ ﺯﻭ
72
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar She cuts the tomato with the knife. He died of diabetes. This is different from mine.
. ﺗﺔﻣﺎﺗﺔ ﺩﺓﺑﺮﻱﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﻀﺔ ﺑﺔ ﺿﺔﻗﻮ .ﻱ ﺷﺔﻛﺮﺓﻭﺓ ﺩﺓﻣﺮﻱﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ .ﺋﺔﻣﺔ ﺟﻴﺎﻭﺍﺯﺓ ﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ
She has doubts about the project.
.ﺫﺓﻛﺔﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﻀﺔ ﺑﺔ ﻛﻮﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺛﺮﻭ
He dreams of his mom.
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﻮﺭﹺٍﺓ ﺧﺔﻭ ﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﲏ
She wears (dresses in) Kurdish costume. This room is enough for us. My house is full of guests. We hope for a good life.
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﻀﺔ ﺟﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ .ﻤﺔ ﺋﻴﺋﺔﻡ ﺫﻭﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺔﺳﺔ ﺑﻮ .ﺧﺎﻧﻮﻭﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﺛﺮﹺﺓ ﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﻮﺍﻥ .ﻤﺔ ﻫﻴﻮﺍﻱ ﺫﻳﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﺵ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦﺋﻴ
Karwan is very kind to Ashty.
.ﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺋﺎﺷﱵﻛﺎﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﻟﹶﻲ ﺯﻭ
Ashty is good at mathematics.
.ﺋﺎﺷﱵ ﺑﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺔ ﺑﲑﻛﺎﺭﻱ
She is jealous of her friend’s dress. We are grateful for your serving. Wait for them. We are surprised at the news. He is tired of his job.
.ﻜﺔﻱ ﺩﺓﺑﺎﺕﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﻀﺔ ﺑﺔﻏﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺔ ﺟﻠﻲ ﻫﺎﻭﺭﻳ .ﻤﺔ ﻣﺔﻣﻨﻮﻭﻧﲔ ﻟﺔ ﺧﺰﻣﺔﰐ ﺗﻮﺋﻴ .ﺿﺎﻭﺓﺭﻭﱐ ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺔ .ﻤﺔ ﺳﺔﺭﺳﻮﺭﻣﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﺍﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔﺋﻴ .ﻱﺰﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﺔ ﺋﻴﺸﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﺧﻮﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﻮﺭﹺﺓ ﺑﻴ
OTHER POSTFIXES DIRECTIONAL NOUNS IN “ ” ﻱOR “ ” ﺓﻭﺓ Certain nouns become quasi-adverbial directional with the addition of “ ”ﻱor “”ﺓﻭﺓ. * “ ”ﻱis more common in Hawler and “ ”ﺓﻭﺓis more common in Sulemaniya. * If the noun ends in a vowel, no “ ”ﻱor “ ”ﺓﻭﺓis followed. Noun home
ﻣﺎﻝﹶ
room out market school
ﺫﻭﻭﺭ ﺩﺓﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ
Adverb home(ward) into room outward to market to school
73
ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲ
ﻣﺎﻟﹶﺔﻭﺓ
ﺫﻭﻭﺭﻱ
ﺫﻭﻭﺭﺓﻭﺓ
ﺩﺓﺭﻱ
ﺩﺓﺭﺓﻭﺓ
ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺﻱ
ﻟﺔﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺﺓﻭﺓ
ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
POSTPOSED VERBAL COMPLEMENTS For motion verbs(e.g. to go, to come, to leave), verbal complements can come after the verbs and are linked by the linking vowel, ””ﻳﺔ\ﺓ.
ﺑﻮ
Using I’m going home
I’m going to school
Using linking vowel
ﻣﺎﻟﹶﺔﻭﺓﺩﺓﺿﻢ ﺑﻮ
ﺩﺓﺿﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶ ﻲ ﺩﺓﺿﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﺔﻭﺓ
ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔﺩﺓﺿﻢ ﺑﻮ
ﺩﺓﺿﻤﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ
ﺓ
※ The linking vowel occurs for all persons in all tenses. ※ The “ ”ﺕinherent in the 2nd or 3rd person singular is always recovered before the “”ﻳﺔ\ﺓ. Present
Past
I’m going home.
.ﺩﺓﺿﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲ
I came out.
.ﻫﺎﺕﻣﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﺓﻭﺓ
You’re going home.
.ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺘﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲ
You came out.
.ﻫﺎﺗﻴﺘﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﺓﻭﺓ
He’s going home.
.ﺘﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲﺩﺓﺿﻴ
He came out.
.ﻫﺎﺗﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﺓﻭﺓ
We’re going home.
.ﺩﺓﺿﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲ
We came out.
.ﻫﺎﺗﻴﻨﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﺓﻭﺓ
They’re going home.
They came out.
.ﺩﺓﺿﻨﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲ
.ﻫﺎﺗﻨﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﺓﻭﺓ
“”ﺓﻭﺓ- Verbs: I regained( )ﻫﺎﺗﻨﺔﻭﺓconsciousness.
.ﻡًﺵ ﺧﻮﻫﺎﺕﻣﺔﻭﺓ ﻫﻮ
※ For “ ”ﺓﻭﺓending verbs, the directional vowel ” ”ﻳﺔ\ﺓis omitted.
Irregular Verbs: He went to (the) market.
.ﺿﻮﻭﺗﺔ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺ
※ If the past verb conjugation of a motion verb ends in “ ”ﻭﻭas shown above, a “ ”ﺕmay be infixed between the verb and the linking vowel, “”ﻳﺔ\ﺓ.
74
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
EXPRESSIONS OF TEMPORAL DURATION PRESENT
ﻳﺔ\ﺓ+[duration of the temporal event (for how long)]
[Statement]
With Simple Present Tense He’s been here for 4 years. It’s been raining for several days. I’ve know it for a long time.
.ﺮﺓﻳﺔﺿﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﹶﺔ ﻟﻴ .ﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺑﺎﺭﻱﺫﻳﺿﺔﻧﺪ ﺭﹺﻭ .ﺬﺓ ﺩﺓﺯﺍﱎﺭ ﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺯﻭ
With Present Perfect Tense I’ve been sitting here for several hours.
.ﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺸﺘﻮﻭﻣﺔﻜﺔ ﻟﻴﺿﺔﻧﺪ ﺳﺔﻋﺎﺗﻴ
It hasn’t rained for several days.
.ﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﺎﺭﻳﻮﺓﺫﻳﺿﺔﻧﺪ ﺭﹺﻭ
Mom’s been cooking for 3 hours.
.ﺸﱵ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻭﻭﺓ ﺳﺔﻋﺎﺗﺔ ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ ﺿﻴﺳﻲ
We haven’t seen them for 2 years.
.ﺩﻭﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﹶﺔ ﻧﺔﻣﺎﻧﺪﻳﺘﻮﻭﻧﺔ
PAST Affirmative [Past Continuous]
)ﺩﺓ(ﺑﻮﻭ+[duration of the temporal event (Time Expression)]
Negative [Past Perfect]
ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ+[duration of the temporal event (Time Expression)]
Examples: It had been raining for several days. It hadn’t rained for several days. I hadn’t seen him for almost 3 months. I had known for a long time that.
.ﻚ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺑﺎﺭﻱﺫﻳﺿﺔﻧﺪ ﺭﹺﻭ .ﻚ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﺔﺑﺎﺭﻳﺒﻮﻭﺫﻳﺿﺔﻧﺪ ﺭﹺٍﻭ . ﻣﺎﻧﻂ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ ﻧﺔﻣﺪﻳﺘﺒﻮﻭﻧﺰﻳﻜﺔﻱ ﺳﻲ .ﺬ ﺑﻮﻭ ﺩﺓﻣﺰﺍﱐﺭ ﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺯﻭ 75
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
13. SUBJUNCTIVES THE PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
FORMATION RULES The present subjunctive is formed from the present stem of the verb and the personal suffixes. The modal marker for the subjunctive is “( ”بsame as in the imperative form). Affirmative: [Subjective BP][Present stem]ﺏ Negative:
[Subjective BP][Present stem]ﻧﺔ
In complex or compound verbs, the “ ”بprefix is optional, and when it is omitted the lack of a modal prefix identifies the verb as subjunctive.
ﺿﻮﻭﻥ
ﺑﻮﻭﻥ
ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ
ﺑﺎﻧﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ
ﻭﺓﺭ ﻃﺮﺗﻦ
to go
to be
to open
to call
to receive
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻢ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﺒﻢ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻜﺔﻣﺔﻭﺓ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻧﻂ ﺑﻜﺔﻡ
ﻣﻦ ﻭﺓﺭ ﻃﺮﻡ
ﺑﻀﻴﺖﺗﻮ
ﺑﺒﻴﺖﺗﻮ
ﺑﻜﺔﻳﺘﺔﻭﺓﺗﻮ
ﺑﺎﻧﻂ ﺑﻜﺔﻳﺖﺗﻮ
ﻭﺓﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﺖﺗﻮ
ﺖﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﻀﻴ
ﺖﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺒﻴ
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﺗﺔﻭﺓ
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﻂ ﺑﻜﺎﺕ
ﺖﺋﺔﻭ ﻭﺓﺭ ﻃﺮﻳ
ﻤﺔ ﺑﻀﲔﺋﻴ
ﻤﺔ ﺑﺒﲔﺋﻴ
ﻤﺔ ﺑﻜﺔﻳﻨﺔﻭﺓﺋﻴ
ﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﻂ ﺑﻜﺔﻳﻦﺋﻴ
ﻤﺔ ﻭﺓﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻦﺋﻴ
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻀﻦ
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﱭ
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺔﻧﺔﻭﺓ
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻧﻂ ﺑﻜﺔﻥ
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺓﺭ ﻃﺮﻥ
USAGES The present subjunctive is used in the following instances:
INDEPENDENTLY It is not dependent upon a preceding construction, as a deliberative (English ‘should’). Should I come tomorrow? (Subjunctive, not sure) I will come tomorrow. (Simple Present, Definitively coming) Should we open the door? (Subjunctive) We will open the door. (Simple Present)
76
ًﻢ؟ ﺑﻴ)ﻣﻦ( ﺳﺒﺔﻳﲏ .ﻢ ﺩﻳ)ﻣﻦ( ﺳﺒﺔﻳﲏ ﻤﺔ( ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔ ﺑﻜﺔﻳﻨﺔﻭﺓ؟)ﺋﻴ .ﻤﺔ( ﺩﺓﺭﻃﺎﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻳﻨﺔﻭﺓ)ﺋﻴ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar In literary style, the question maker, “ ”ﺋﺎﻳﺎoften introduces the construction. Should he go to Sulemaniya?
ﻤﺎﱐ؟ ﺳﻠﻴ ﺑﻮﺋﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻀﻲ
LET ME, LET US The present subjunctive is used in the 1st persons cohortative sentences (‘let me, let’s’). It is often preceded by “”ﺑﺎ, “ ”ﻳﺎﻻﹶor “( ”ﻭﺓﺭﺓCome on). Come on, let’s go! Come on, let’s study!
!ﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻭ,ﻳﺎﻻﹶ !ﻨﲔ ﲞﻮﻳ,ﻭﺓﺭﺓ
LET HIM, MAY IT BE The present subjunctive is also used in the 3rd persons hortative sentences (let him, may it be, etc.). Let them sit back! Oh, God, may it rain! Happy New Year! May it be good for your health! For your health!
!ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺸﻨﺔﻭﺓ ! ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﻱ,ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺍ !ﺖﺯ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺛﲑﻭﺳﺎﻟﹶﻲ ﻧﻮﻳ !ﺖ ﺗﺔﻧﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﻴﺖ ﺿﺎﻙ ﺩﺓﺑﻴ,ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﻟﻠﺔ !ﺖﺘﺖ ﺑﻴﻋﺎﻓﻴ
AS COMPLEMENT TO ALL VERBS All verval complements of “(”ﻭﻳﺴﱳwant), “(”ﺣﺔﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥwould like to), “ﻮﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻮﻭﻥ(”ﺛﻴneed), “(”ﺗﻮﺍﻧﲔcan), “ﺖ(”ﺩﺓﺑﻴmust) are in the subjunctive. I want to go home.
ﺑﻀﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲﺩﺓﻣﺔﻭﻱ
I’d like to go home.
ﺣﺔﺯ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﺑﻀﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲ
I need to go home.
ﻮﻳﺴﺘﺔ ﺑﻀﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲﺛﻴ
I can go home.
ﺩﺓﺗﻮﺍﱎ ﺑﻀﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲ
I must go home.
It is not necessary that you say. She can see you. Do you want to open it? We don’t want to write a letter.
ﺖ ﺑﻀﻤﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﹶﻲﺩﺓﺑﻴ .ﻴﺖﻮﻳﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻛﺎ ﺑﻴﻠﹶﻴﺛﻴ .ﺩﺓﺗﻮﺍﱐﹶ ﺑﺘﺒﻴﲏ ﺑﻴﻜﺔﻳﺘﺔﻭﺓ؟ﺋﺎﻳﺎ ﺩﺓﺗﺔﻭﻱ . ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻳﺔﻙ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﲔﻧﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔﻭﻱ 77
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
AFTER “BEFORE” OR “ W ITHOUT” The present subjunctive is used after a number of conjunctions like “(”ﺑﺔﺭﻟﺔﻭﺓﻱbefore), “ ﺑﺔ
ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ(”ﰊwithout), etc. Before he goes/went Before you sit/sat down
..ﺑﺔﺭﻟﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﺑﻀﻲ ..ﻮﺓ ﺩﺍ ﺑﻨﻴﺸﻦﺑﺔﺭﻟﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﺋﻴ
Without speaking, she left.
.ﻳﺸﺖ ﺭﹺﻭ, ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻗﺴﺔ ﺑﻜﺎﺑﺔﰊ
Without his/her seeing you
..ًً ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﺑﺘﺒﻴﲏﺑﺔﰊ
* “(”ﺑﺔﺭﻟﺔﻭﺓﻱbefore) is always followed by the present subjunctive; the proper tense for English translation is gained from context.
AFTER “IF” The present subjunctive is used in the protasis of a possible conditional: If you want to, you can.
. ﺩﺓﺗﻮﺍﱐ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺑﺘﺔﻭﻱ
If he comes, we’ll eat with him.
.ﻳﻦ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻟﹶﻴﺪﺍ ﺩﺓﺧﻮ,ﺖﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺑﻴ
If you study, you’ll pass.
. ﺩﺓﺭ ﺩﺓﺿﻴﺖ,ﻨﻴﺖﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﲞﻮﻳ
As long as I breathe, I’ll serve my country.
.ﻡ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﺧﺰﻣﺔﰐ ﻭﻻﹶﰐ ﺧﻮ,ﻫﺔﺗﺎ ﻫﺔﻧﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺪﺓﻡ
THE PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
FORMATION RULES The past subjunctive is formed like the past perfect, but instead of the past tense of “”ﺑﻮﻭﻥ, the present subjunctive of “ ”ﺑﻮﻭﻥis added. INTRANSITIVE
ﻫﺎﺗﻦ
ﺿﻮﻭﻥ
Affirmative
1st person 2
Negative
Affirmative
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
ﻫﺎﺗﺒﻢ
ﻫﺎﺗﺒﲔ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﻢ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﲔ
ﺿﻮﻭﰈ
ﺿﻮﻭﺑﲔ
nd
person
ﻫﺎﺗﺒﻴﺖ
ﻫﺎﺗﱭ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﻴﺖ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﱭ
ﺿﻮﻭﺑﻴﺖ
ﺿﻮﻭﺑﻦ
rd
person
ﺖﻫﺎﺗﺒﻴ
ﻫﺎﺗﱭ
ﺖﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﻴ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﱭ
ًﺖﺿﻮﻭﺑﻴ
ﺿﻮﻭﺑﻦ
3
78
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar TRANSITIVE Without Preverbal Agent
With Preverbal Agent
ﺩﻳﱳ 1st person 2
Negative
ﺩﻳﱳ
ﺩﻳﱳ
Singular
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Plural
ﻴًﺘﻢ ﺩﻳﺘﺒ
ًﺘﻤﺎﻥﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ
ﺖﻡ ﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ-
ﺖﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ-
ﺖﻧﺔﻣﺪﻳﺘﺒﻴ
ﺖﻧﺔﻣﺎﻧﺪﻳﺘﺒﻴ
nd
person
ﺘﺖﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ
ﺘﺘﺎﻥﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ
ﺖﺕ ﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ-
ﺖﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ-
ﺖﻧﺔﺗﺪﻳﺘﺒﻴ
ﺖﻧﺔﺗﺎﻧﺪﻳﺘﺒﻴ
rd
person
ﱵﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ
ﺘﻴﺎﻥﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ
ﺖﻱ ﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ-
ﺖﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ-
ﺖﻧﺔﻳﺪﻳﺘﺒﻴ
ﺖﻧﺔﻳﺎﻧﺪﻳﺘﺒﻴ
3
Without Preverbal Agent
With Preverbal Agent
Negative
ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ
ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ
ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓ
Singular st
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
Plural
1 person
ﺘﻤﺔﻭﺓﺘﻤﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓ ﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﻡﺘﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﻣﺎﻥﺘﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺘﺔﻭﺓﻧﺔﻣﻜﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺘﺔﻭﺓﻧﺔﻣﺎﻧﻜﺮﺩﺑﻴ
2nd person
ﺘﺘﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺘﺘﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺕﺘﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺗﺎﻥﺘﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺘﺔﻭﺓﻧﺔﺗﻜﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺘﺔﻭﺓﻧﺔﺗﺎﻧﻜﺮﺩﺑﻴ
3rd person
ﺘﻴﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺘﻴﺎﻧﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﻱﺘﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﻳﺎﻥﺘﺔﻭﺓﻛﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺘﺔﻭﺓﻧﺔﻳﻜﺮﺩﺑﻴ
ﺘﺔﻭﺓﻧﺔﻳﺎﻧﻜﺮﺩﺑﻴ
USAGES The past subjunctive is used in the following instances: 1) After all constructions that take subjunctive complements when the complement is in the past The men must have gone.
.ﻳﺸﺘﱭ ﺭﹺﻭﺛﻴﺎﻭﺓﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﰊ
You must have seen those things.
.ﺖ ﺋﺔﻭ ﺷﺘﺎﻧﺔﺕ ﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴﺩﺓﰊ
It’s not necessary for me to have seen it.
.ﺘﻢﻣﺔﺭﺝ ﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﺘﺒﻴ
※ The conjunction ” ” ﻛﺔis optional. It’s possible that it will rain. (the present subjunctive) It’s possible that it (has) rained. (the past subjunctive)
.ﺖﺭﺓﻧﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﻳ .ﺖﺭﺓﻧﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺒﻴ
2) in past clauses after superlatives (note that a relative-clause antecedent modified by a superlative is in the Indefinitive state, … )ﻳﺔﻙ 79
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar In this type of clause the subject of the relative clause must be the same as the noun modified by the superlative. If the subjects of the main clause and of the relative clause are different, the relative clause is not subjunctive. He is the first person who has attempted it. He’s the first person I’ve seen in Hawler.
.ﻜﺔ ﻛﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﹶﻲ ﺩﺍﰊﻳﺔﻛﺔﻣﲔ ﻛﺔﺳﻴ
ﺮ ﺩﻳﺘﻮﻭﻣﺔﻜﺔ ﻛﺔ ﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﻴﻳﺔﻛﺔﻣﲔ ﻛﺔﺳﻴ .ﺮﻟﺔ ﻫﺔﻭﻟﻴ
3) In past relative clauses after negatives (e.g. there isn’t anyone who has…) or expressions with an essentially negative sense (e.g. there are few who have..)
.ﺘﺔﻭﺓﻨﺪﺑﻴﺒﺔﻱ ﻧﺔﺧﻮﻳﻛﺔﺱ ﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺔ ﺋﺔﻡ ﻛﺘﻴ There isn’t anyone who hasn’t read the book.
.ﺖًﻱ ﻧﺔﺑﻴﺴﺘﺒﻴﺬﻳﻨﺔﻛﺎﱐ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺛﲑﺓﻱ ﺧﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻟﺔﻣﻴﻛﺔ ﻛﻮﻛﺔﻡ ﻛﺔﺱ ﻫﺔﻳﺔ ﺿﲑﻭ There are not many people who have not heard old Kurdish stories from grandma.
4)
After “(”ﻭﺓﻙas though) in the past for hypothetical situation
.ﺘﺔﻭﺓﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﲑ ﻛﺔﻭﺗﺒﻴﻭﺓﻛﻮ ﺷﺘﻴ As though they remembered something. 5) In the past protasis of a possible conditional
.ﻨﺪﻥ ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭ ﺑﻜﺎ ﺧﻮﻳ ﺋﺔﻭﺍ ﻫﺔﺭ ﺩﺓﰊ,ﻨﺎﻭﻱ ﻛﻮﺭﹴِﺓﻛﺔﻣﺪﺍ ﻟﺔ ﺛﻴﻡ ﺗﺔﺭﺧﺎﻧﻜﺮﺩﰊﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺫﻳﺎﱐ ﺧﻮ If I had sacrificed my life for my son, he would finish his study.
HOW TO USE THE SUBJUNCTIVE SIMPLE SENTENCE Present He makes me laugh./made me laugh.
Past
. ﺑﻜﺔﱎﻢ ﺩﺓﻛﺎﺕ ﺛﻲﻭﺍ ﻟﻴ
. ﺑﻜﺔﱎﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺛﻲﻭﺍﻱ ﻟﻴ
. ﺑﻜﺔﱎﻭﺍﻡ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﺛﻲ
. ﺑﻜﺔﱎﻭﺍﻱ ﱄﹶ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﻡ ﺛﻲ
I want to go./wanted to go.
.ﻡ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﺩﺓﻣﺔﻭﻱ
.ﻡﺩﺓﻣﻮﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﹺﻭ
I don’t want to go./didn’t want to go.
.ﻡ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﻧﺎﻣﺔﻭﻱ
.ﻡﻧﺔﻣﻮﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﹺﻭ
We like to study./liked to study.
.ﻨﻢﺣﺔﺯ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﲞﻮﻳ
.ﻨﻢﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﺩﺓﻛﺮﺩ ﲞﻮﻳ
We don’t like to study./didn’t like..
.ﻨﻢﺣﺔﺯ ﻧﺎﻛﺔﻡ ﲞﻮﻳ
.ﻨﻢﺣﺔﺯﻡ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩ ﲞﻮﻳ
.ﻴﺔ ﲞﻮﺍﺕﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺛﻴﺛﻴ .ﻮﻳﺴﺘﺔ ﲞﻮﺍﺕﺛﻴ
.ﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺑﻮﻭ ﲞﻮﺍﺕﺛﻴ
He made me laugh./didn’t make..
He needs to eat./needed to eat.
80
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar He doesn’t need to eat./He didn’t..
. ﻧﻴﺔ ﲞﻮﺍﺕﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺛﻲﺛﻴ
. ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭ ﲞﻮﺍﺕﻮﻳﺴﱵ ﺛﻲﺛﻴ
I can teach you./was able to teach..
.ﺮﺕ ﺑﻜﺔﻡﺩﺓﺗﻮﺍﱎ ﻓﻴ
.ﺮ ﺑﻜﺔﻡﺩﺓﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﺗﺆ ﻓﻴ
I can’t teach you./I couldn’t teach..
.ﺮﺕ ﺑﻜﺔﻡﻧﺎﺗﻮﺍﱎ ﻓﻴ
.ﺮﺕ ﺑﻜﺔﻡﻧﺔﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﻓﻴ
※ Note that subjunctive complements remain the same while the main verb tenses change. ※ The past tense of the verbs such as, “(”ﻭﻳﺴﱳwant), “(”ﺣﺔﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥlike), takes the past continuous form.
THE IRREALIS MOOD The irrealis mood, which expresses an unfulfilled or unfulfillable contrafactual(contrary to fact) statement, usually dependent upon an unrealized conditional, is identical to the past continuous tense. I couldn’t have done anything else. (even if I had wanted to) Anybody would have known. You could have come. I could have helped you.
.ﻧﺔﻣﺔﺗﻮﺍﱐ ﻫﻴﻀﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻜﺔﻡ . ﻭﺍﻱ ﺩﺓﺯﺍﱐﻫﺔﺭ ﻛﺔﺳﻲ .ﻲ ﺩﺓﺗﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﻴﺗﻮ .ﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﻳﺎﺭﻣﺔﺗﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﺓﻡ
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE - TYPE I It is possible to fulfill a condition which is given in the if-clause. [Main Clause in Present](2), [Present Subjunctive]+(if)(ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ1) [Present Subjunctive]+(if)(ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ2) [Main Clause in Present](1)
If you don’t eat, you’ll get hungry. If you study, you’ll succeed. What will you do, if you pass the exam? If I you need my help, I will help you. If it rains, we can’t go. If you wake up early, you won’t be late. If I see them, I’ll greet him.
. ﺑﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﺖ,ﻳﺖﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﻧﺔﺧﻮ . ﺳﺔﺭ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﻳﺖ,ﻨﻴﺖﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﲞﻮﻳ ﺿﻲ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻳﺖ ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﻟﺔ ﺗﺎﻗﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓﻛﺔﺩﺍ ﺩﺓﺭ ﺿﻴﺖ؟ .ﻮﻳﺴﺘﻴﺖ ﺑﺔ ﻳﺎﺭﻣﺔﺗﻴﻢ ﻫﺔﻳﺔﻳﺎﺭﻣﺔﺗﻴﺖ ﺩﺓﺩﺓﻡ ﻃﺔﺭ ﺛﻴ .ﻤﺔ ﻧﺎﺿﲔ ﺋﻴ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﻱ . ﺩﻭﺍ ﻧﺎﻛﺔﻭﻳﺖ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺯﻭﻭ ﻟﺔ ﺧﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻝﹶ)ﺏ(ﺳﻲ . ﺳﻠﹶﺎﻭﻱ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺑﻴﺒﻴﻨﻢ 81
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar Until you don’t leave, I don’t leave.
.ﻡ ﻧﺎﺭﹺﻭ,ﻳﺖﻫﺔﺗﺎ ﻧﺔﺭﹺﻭ
When you bring the tree, I’ll cut it.
. ﺩﺓﻳﱪﹺﻣﺔﻭﺓ,ﻨﻴﺖﻴ ﻛﺔﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺓﻛﺔ
It’s possible that it will rain.
.ﺖﺭﺓﻧﻄﺔ ﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭﻳ
I hope(wish) to be like you.
.ﻡ ﱄﹶ ﰊﺯﻃﺔ ﻭﺓﻛﻮ ﺗﻮﺧﻮ
When you come (I’m sure you’re coming), bring the books with you. When young people work, country will be developed. If young people work, country will be developed.
.ﻨﺔﺕ ﺑﻴﺒﺔﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺧﻮ ﻛﺘﻴ,ﻛﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻴﺖ .ﺶ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﻱ ﻭﻻﹶﺕ ﺛﻴ,ﻛﺔﻱ ﻃﺔﳒﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺩ .ﺶ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﻱ ﻭﻻﹶﺕ ﺛﻴ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﻃﺔﳒﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺔﻥ
※ Note that when the protasis is lead by “ ”ﻛﺔor “”ﻛﺔﻱ, the verb of the protasis takes past simple tense.
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE - TYPE II It is theoretically possible to fulfill a condition which is given in the if-clause. [Main Clause in Present](2), [Past Subjunctive]+(if)(ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ1) [Past Subjunctive]+(if)(ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ2) + [Main Clause in Present](1) If he had money, he would buy the car. (At the moment he has no money, but still has a chance)
If he ate, he would come soon. (I’m not sure if he ate or not)
If he studied hard, he would pass. (I’m not sure if he studied though)
If he came here, I would ask him. (but he’s not here yet)
. ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﻛﺮﹺﻱ,ﺖﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺛﺎﺭﺓﻱ ﻫﺔﺑﻴ .ﺖ ﺯﻭﻭ ﺩﻳ,ًﺖﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﻧﺎﱐ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﺑﻴ .ﺖ ﺳﺔﺭ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﻳ,ﺖﻨﺪﺑﻴﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﻳﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺯﻭ . ﺛﺮﺳﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ,ﺮﺓﺘﺔ ﺋﻴﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺑﻴ
CONDITIONAL SENTENCE – TYPE III It is impossible to fulfill a condition which is given in the if-clause. There are two ways to form this type of conditional sentence. Method I Method II
ﺍﻳﺔ+Subjective BP+Past root+ﺏ \ﻧﺔ Subjective BP+ﺑﺎ+ Past root+\ﻧﺔ
** In the second case (Method II) the ” ”بprefix is optional. 82
ﺏ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
INTRANSITIVE METHOD I
ﻫﺎﺗﻦ Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
ﺎﺗﻴﻨﺎﻳﺔ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﲤﺎﻳﺔ
ﺎﺗﻴﻨﺎﻳﺔ
ﺎﲤﺎﻳﺔ
st
1 person
ﺎﺗﻨﺎﻳﺔ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﻴﺘﺎﻳﺔ
ﺎﺗﻨﺎﻳﺔ
ﺎﺗﻴﺘﺎﻳﺔ
person
nd
ﺎﺗﻨﺎﻳﺔ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺎﻳﺔ
ﺎﺗﻨﺎﻳﺔ
ﺎﺗﺎﻳﺔ
person
rd
2
3
METHOD II
ﻫﺎﺗﻦ Plural
Singular
Plural
Singular
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻡ
)ﺏ(ﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ
)ﺏ(ﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻡ
st
1 person
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻥ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻳﺖ
)ﺏ(ﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻥ
)ﺏ(ﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻳﺖ
person
nd
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻥ
ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎ)ﻳﺔ(
)ﺏ(ﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎﻥ
)ﺏ(ﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎ)ﻳﺔ(
person
rd
2
3
TRANSITIVE METHOD I Negative
With Preverbal Matter
ﻧﻮﻭﺳﲔ
ﻧﻮﻭﺳﲔ
Plural
Plural
Singular
Plural
-ﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
-ﻡ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
-ﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
-ﻡ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
st
1 person
-ﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
-ﺕ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
-ﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
-ﺕ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
person
nd
-ﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
-ﻱ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﻴﺎﻳﺔ
-ﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
-ﻱ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎﻳﺔ
person
rd
2
3
METHOD II Negative
With Preverbal Matter
ﻧﻮﻭﺳﲔ
ﻧﻮﻭﺳﲔ
Plural
Plural
Singular
Plural
-ﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﻡ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﻣﺎﻥ )ﺏ(ﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﻡ )ﺏ(ﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
1st person
-ﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﺕ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﺗﺎﻥ )ﺏ(ﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﺕ )ﺏ(ﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
person
nd
-ﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﻱ ﻧﺔﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﻳﺎﻥ )ﺏ(ﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
-ﻱ )ﺏ(ﻧﻮﻭﺳﻴﺒﺎ
person
rd
83
2
3
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
USAGE In contrafactual (contrary to fact) conditional sentences, the protasis (the ‘if’ clause) contains a verb in the past conditional mood(conditional-type III), and in the apodosis (the result clause or the main clause). The verb is in the irrealis(past continuous). If you had waken up early, you wouldn’t have been late.
. ﺩﻭﺍ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﻛﺔﻭﺗﻴﺖ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺯﻭﻭ ﻟﺔﺧﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﻟﹶﺴﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ
(You woke up late and was late to work.)
If I had studied the lesson, I would have. passed (I didn’t pass.) If he had come yesterday, he would have seen Azad. If you had sent the letter, it would have arrived. If I had seen him, I’d have greeted him. (I didn’t greet him.)
If he had come, we’d have eaten together. (we didn’t eat with him.)
If I had come to Kurdistan, I’d have learned Kurdish. (I didn’t learn Kurdish.)
. ﺩﺓﺭ ﺩﺓﺿﻮﻭﻡ,ﻨﺪﺍﻳﺔﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺩﺓﺭﺳﻢ ﲞﻮﻳ . ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﺓﺩﻳﺖ,ﺎﺗﺒﺎﻱ ﲏﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺩﻭﻳ . ﺩﺓﻃﺔﻳﺸﺖ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﺔﻛﺔﺕ ﻧﺎﺭﺩﺑﺎ .ﻲ ﺩﺓﻛﺮﺩ ﺳﻼﹶﻭﻡ ﻟﻴ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﺑﻴﲏ ﺑﺎﻡ . ﺑﺔﻳﺔﻛﺔﻭﺓ ﻧﺎﳕﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩ,ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﺒﺎ .ﺮ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﻡ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻓﻴ,ﺎﲤﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭ
COMMON MODAL VERBS & ADJECTIVES SHOULD: ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ PRESENT
I should go. He should go. They should make dolma.
Affirmative
Negative
.ﻡﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﺮﹺﻭ
.ﻡﻣﻦ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﻀﻢ\ﺑﺮﹺﻭ
.ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﺍﺕ
.ﺖ\ﺑﺮﹺﻭﺍﺕﺋﺔﻭ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﻀﻴ
.ﳌﺔ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺔﻥﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ ﺩﻭ
.ﳌﺔ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺔﻥﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ ﺩﻭ
Note: I shouldn’t go. I shouldn’t have gone.
I don’t have to go.
84
.ﻡﻣﻦ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﺮﹺﻭ .ﻳﺸﺘﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺮﹺﻭ .ﻳﺸﺘﺒﺎﻡﻣﻦ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ )ﺏ(ﺭﹺﻭ .ﻡﻮﻳﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻴ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar )PAST (IRREALIS: WISHFUL THINGKING FOR THE PAST
Affirmative
Negative
ﻣﻦ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺯﻭﻭ ﺎﺗﺒﺎﻡ.
ﻣﻦ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺯﻭﻭ ﺎﺗﺒﺎﻡ.
I should have come early.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﻳﺸﺘﺎﻳﺔ.
ﺋﺔﻭ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﻳﺸﺘﺎﻳﺔ.
He should have left.
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺰﺍﻧﻴﺎﻳﺔ. ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺰﺍﻧﻴﺒﺎ.
ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺰﺍﻧﻴﺎﻳﺔ. ﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺰﺍﻧﻴﺒﺎ.
ﺗﻮ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﻮﺷﺘﺎﻳﺔ.
ﺗﻮ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﻮﺷﺘﺎﻳﺔ.
ﺗﻮ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﻮﺷﺘﺒﺎ.
ﺗﻮ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔﺧﻮﺕ )ﺏ(ﺷﻮﺷﺘﺒﺎ.
ﺗﻮ ﻧﺔﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ ﻭﻭﺷﺔﻳﺔﺕ ﺑﻄﻮﺗﺒﺎ.
ﺗﻮ ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ ﻭﻭﺷﺔﻳﺔﺕ ﺑﻄﻮﺗﺒﺎ.
They should have known it.
You should have washed.
You shouldn have said that.
ﺧ ﻮﺯﻃﺔ ,ﻫﻴﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭ ,ﺋﺎﻭﺍﺕ ,ﺋﺎﺭﺓﺯﻭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ,ﺣﺔﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ
WISH & HOPE: FUTURE
ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔ\ﺋﺎﻭﺍﰎ\ﺋﺎﺭﺓﺯﻭ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﻛﺔ ﺑﺒﻢ ﺑﺔ ﻣﺎﻣﺆﺳﺘﺎ. ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔ ﺩﺓﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﻡ. ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔﻡ ﺩﺓﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﺘﺒﻴﻨﻢ. ﻫﻴﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﺔ ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓﻳﺔﻛﻢ ﻫﺔﺑﻴﺖ. ﺣﺔﺯ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﻛﺔ ﺋﺎﻭ ﲞﺆﻣﺔﻭﺓ.
I hope to be a teacher. I hope I can go. I hope I can see you. I wish I had a car. I’d like to drink water. )(I’m looking for water now.
PRESENT
ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔ )ﻛﺔ( ﺩﺓﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﻔﺮﹺﻡ.
I wish I could fly.
ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔ ﺩﺓﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﺮﹺﻭﻡ.
I wish I could go.
ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔﺕ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺒﻴﲏ. ﻫﻴﻮﺍﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﺔ ﺳﺔﻳﺎﺭﺓﻳﺔﻛﻢ ﻫﺔﺑﻴﺖ. ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔ ﺋﺎﻭﺓﻛﺔﻡ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻭﺓ.
ﺭﺓﻧﻄﺔ ﻛﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺒﻴﺖ. ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔ ﻭﺓﻛﻮ ﺗﻮﻡ ﱄﹶ ﺩﺓﻫﺎﺕ.
You wish you could see him. I wish I had a car. I wish I drank water. )(There is no water now. It’s possible that it (has) rained. I wish I were you.
ﺧﻮﺯﻃﺔ ﻭﺓﻙ ﺗﻮﻡ ﺟﺔﺑﻮﻭﻡ. ﺑﺮﻳﺎ ﺋﻴﺸﺔﻛﺔﺕ ﺑﻜﺮﺩﺑﺎ. ﺋﺔﻭ ﺣﺔﺯ ﺩﺓﻛﺎ ﻛﺔ ﺩﺓﺭﺳﺔﻛﺔﻱ ﺧﻮﻳﻨﺪﺑﻴﺖ. 85
You wish you did the work. She wishes he studied the lesson. )(He didn’t study and she feels sorry.
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar I wish my mom came. (but she’s not here.)
They wish school was closed.
I wish I had finished the work.
.ﺖﺯﻃﺔ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺯﻡ )ﻛﺔﻭﺍ( ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﺧﻮ .ﺖﺋﺔﻭﺍﻥ ﺋﺎﺭﺓﺯﻭ ﺩﺓﻛﺔﻥ ﻛﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﺮﺍﺑﻴ
.ﺯﻃﺔ ﺩﺓﺧﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻛﺔ ﺋﻴﺸﺔﻛﺔﻡ ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭ ﺑﻜﺮﺩﺍﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺧﻮ
I wish I could have helped you.
.ﺯﻃﺔ ﲟﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺒﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﻣﺔﺗﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﺓﻡﺧﻮ
I wish I could have helped you.
.ﺯﻃﺔ )ﺏ(ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺒﺎ ﻳﺎﺭﻣﺔﺗﻴﺖ ﺑﺪﺓﻡﺧﻮ
I wish I had married him.
. ﺑﻜﺮﺩﺍﻳﺔﺮﺩﻡ ﺛﻲﺯﻃﺔ ﻣﻴﺧﻮ
I wish he hadn’t done that.
.ﺑﺮﻳﺎ ﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺓﻱ ﻧﺔﻛﺮﺩﺑﺎﻳﺔ
MUST: ﺖﺩﺓﺑ ﻴ PRESENT I must go now. We must not burn the food. We must eat the food.
.ﺖ ﺑﺮﹺﺅﻡﺴﺘﺎ ﺩﺓﺑﻴﺋﻴ .ﻨﲔﺸﺘﺔﻛﺔ ﺑﺴﻮﺗﻴﺖ ﺿﻴﻧﺎﺑﻴ .ﺖ ﻧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﲞﺆﻳﻦﺩﺓﺑﻴ
PAST There must have been some food.
.ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺔﺭ ﻫﺔﰊ
I must have visited him.
.ﺩﺓﺑﻮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﺔﺭﺳﺔﺭﺩﺍﱎ ﺑﻜﺮﺩﺑﺎﻳﺔ
PERHAPS : ﻟﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔﻳﺔ,ﺭﹺﺓﻧﻄﺔ PRESENT Perhaps he will come back tomorrow. Maybe we will travel to America. Maybe I will finish my work today.
.ﺘﺔﻭﺓ ﺑﻄﺔﺭﹺﻳﺭﹺﺓﻧﻄﺔ ﺋﺔﻣﺮﹺﻭ . ﺋﺔﻣﺔﺭﻳﻜﺎﻟﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔﻳﺔ ﻃﺔﺷﺖ ﺑﻜﺔﻳﻦ ﺑﻮ . ﺋﻴﺸﺔﻛﺔﻡ ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭ ﺑﻜﺔﻡﻟﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔﻳﺔ ﺋﺔﻣﺮﹺﻭ
PAST Maybe he went to school. Maybe they didn’t like the food.
.ﺘﺔ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﲞﺎﻧﺔﻟﺔﻭﺍﻧﺔﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﺒﻴ .ﺭﺓﻧﻄﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﺩﻧﺔﻛﺔﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺔﺩﻝﹶً ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭﰊ
86
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
14. CONJUNCTIONS Conjunctions are joining words and are sometimes called connectives. A conjunction may join words, phrases or clauses.
CO-ORDINATE CONJUNCTIONS Co-ordinate conjunctions join words that are the same part of speech: a noun with a noun; an adjective with an adjective; and so on. And
ﻭ
But
ﻛﺔﺿﻲ,ﺑﺔﻻﹶﻡ
Or
ﻳﺎﻥ
Examples: Azad, Nawzad, and Sirwan came. Danielle came to Kurdistan two years ago and learned Kurdish. Study or sleep. In philosophy two things that are completely equal or completely different cannot be compared. I asked her a lot, but she didn’t answer me.
.ﺋﺎﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺔﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﲑﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻦ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝﹶ ﺑﺔﺭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺳﺎﻝﹶ ﻫﺎﺕ ﺑﻮ .ﺮﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﱐ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﻭﻓﻴ .ﻨﺔ ﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻧﺔﻛﺔ ﲞﻮﻳ ﻦ ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭﻟﺔ ﻓﺔﻟﺔﺳﺔﻓﺔﺩﺍ ﺩﻭﻭﺷﺖ ﺑﺔﺭﺍﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻛﺮﻳ .ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭ ﻭﺓﻛﻮﻳﺔﻙ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺔﻭﺍﻭ ﻟﺔﻳﺔﻙ ﺟﻴﺎﻭﺍﺯ ﺑﻦ . ﻛﺔﺿﻲ ﻭﺓﻻﹶﻣﻲ ﻧﺔﺩﺍﻣﺔﻭﺓ,ﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﺭ ﺛﺮﺳﻴﺎﺭﻡ ﻟﻴﺯﻭ
I explained all the questions for him, but he still doesn’t understand.
ﻛﺔﺿﻲ, ﺭﹺﻭﻭﻥ ﻛﺮﺩﺓﻭﺓﻫﺔﻣﻮﻭ ﺛﺮﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓﻛﺎﱎ ﺑﻮ .ﻢ ﰐﹶ ﻧﺎﻃﺎﺸﺘﺎ ﻟﻴﻫﻴ
CONJUNCTIVE ADVERBS Conjunctive adverbs are used to join two complet sentences that are very closely related in meaning. therefore, thus, as a result, hence later, after finally however, nevertheless otherwise besides anyway, anyhow 87
ﻳﺔﺑﻮ ﺩﻭﺍﺗﺮ,ﻟﺔﺛﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﻟﺔ ﻛﻮ,ﻟﺔﺩﻭﺍﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﻚ ﰊ ﻫﺔﺭﺿﺆﻧﻴ/ﻚﻫﺔﺭﺿﺆﻧﻴ ﺋﺔﻃﻴﻨﺎ/ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭﻧﺎ ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻝﹶ ﺋﺔﻭﺓ/ﻟﺔﺛﺎﻝﹶ ﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﻚﻫﺔﺭﺿﺆﻧﻴ
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
My mom is sick, so I couldn’t come to the party. Anyhow, I want to study Kurdish next year. I woke up, after that washed my face, after that changed my clothes, and lastly went to college. We didn’t go, so she didn’t come either. Study, otherwise you’ll fail. Besides Kurdish, I want to learn Farsi and Arabic.
. ﺑﺆﻳﺔ ﻧﺔﻣﺘﻮﺍﱐ ﺑﻀﻢ ﺑﺆ ﺋﺎﻫﺔﻧﻄﺔﻛﺔ،ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ ﻧﺔﺧﺆﺷﺔ .ﻨﻢ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﲞﻮﻳ ﺳﺎﻟﹶﻲ ﺩﺍﻫﺎﺗﻮﻭ ﺩﺓﻣﺔﻭﻱﻚ ﰊﻫﺔﺭﺿﺆﻧﻴ ﺩﻭﺍﺗﺮ, ﻟﺔﺛﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺓﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺿﺎﻭﻡ ﺷﻮﺷﺖ,ﻟﺔﺧﺔﻭ ﻫﺔﺳﺘﺎﻡ .ﺬﻟﻴ ﻛﻮ ﻟﺔﺩﻭﺍﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﺿﻮﻭﻡ ﺑﻮ,ﺭﹺﻱﺟﻠﺔﻛﺎﱎ ﻃﻮ .ﻳﺔ ﺋﺔﻭﻳﺶ ﻧﺔﻫﺎﺕ ﺑﻮ,َﻤﺔ ﻧﺔﺿﻮﻭﻳﻦﺋﻴ . ﺋﺔﻃﺔﺭﻧﺎ ﺩﺓﺭﻧﺎﺿﻲ، ﻨﺔﲞﻮﻳ .ﺮﻱ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺔﺭﺓﰊ ﺑﺒﻢ ﻓﻴﻟﺔﺛﺎﻝﹶ ﻛﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺓﻣﺔﻭﻱ
RELATIVE PRONOUN Relative clauses in Kurdish are often, but not necessarily, introduced by the relative pronoun “( ”ﻛﺔwho, which, that). Generally speaking, the relative pronoun ka may be omitted, particularly when it functions as the object of the verb in the relative clause. The relative pronoun is rarely omitted when it functions as the subject of the verb in the relative clause. When I went to the market, I saw Dawt. Those books I bought yesterday are nice. When I came, you weren’t at home. This is the flower he gave me. When did you find out that she’s married?
. ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﹺ ﺩﺍﻭﰎ ﺑﻴﲏﻛﺎﰐﹶ )ﻛﺔ( ﺿﻮﻭﻡ ﺑﻮ .ﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﹺﱘ ﺧﻮﲏﺒﺎﻧﺔﻱ ﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻳﺋﺔﻭ ﻛﺘﻴ . ﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻝﹶ ﻧﺔﺑﻮﻭﻱ ﺗﻮ,ﻛﺔ ﻫﺎﰎ .ﻲ ﺩﺍﻡﺋﺔﻭﺓ ﻛﻮﻟﹶﺔﻛﺔﻳﺔ ﻛﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ ﺛﻴ ﺰﺍﻧﺪﺍﺭﺓ؟ﻄﺔﻳﺸﱵ ﻛﺔ ﺋﺔﻭ ﺧﻴﻛﺔﻱ ﺗﻴ
SUBORDINATE CONJUNCTIONS Subordinate conjunctions are used to join two ideas which otherwise would require two separate sentences. Subordinating conjunctions are generally formed as below: ()ﻛﺔ
+ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ+ preposition
* The relative pronoun “ ”ﻛﺔis optional.
88
A Basic Guide to Kurdish Grammar
COMMON SUBORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS Provided that, on condition that (+ subjunctive) Without (+ present subjunctive) Before
(ﺑﺔﻭ ﻣﺔﺭﺟﺔﻱ )ﻛﺔ
( ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ )ﻛﺔﺑﺔ ﰊ (ﺑﺔﺭ ﻟﺔﻭﺓﻱ )ﻛﺔ
Before (+ present subjunctive) After
(ﺶ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ )ﻛﺔﺛﻴ
In order that (+ present subjunctive) Because, Since
( ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ )ﻛﺔﺑﻮ
Because of
ﺓﻭﺓ.. ﻱﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ
Until When Although, Even if
(ﺛﺎﺵ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ )ﻛﺔ ﻟﺔﺑﺔﺭ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ,ﺿﻮﻧﻜﺔ ﻫﺔﺗﺎ ﻚ ﻛﺎﺗﻴ, ﻛﺎﰐﹶ, ﻛﺔﻱ,ﻛﺔ ﻫﺔﺭﺿﺔﻧﺪ,ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻟﹶﺌﺔﻭﺓﺷﺪﺍ
Examples: I had slept until my mom came back. Even though I was tired, I helped him. Even though he studied hard, he didn’t pass. In order that people like you, you have to respect them. Ahmad has become very rich because he won a lottery.
.ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻭﺳﺘﺒﻮﻭﻡ ﻫﺔﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﻜﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﺔﻭﺓ . ﺑﺔﻻﹶﻡ ﻫﺔﺭ ﻳﺎﺭﻣﺔﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺍ,ﻟﺔﻃﺔﻟﹶﺌﺔﻭﺓﺷﺪﺍ )ﻛﺔ( ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻭﻭ ﺑﻮﻭﻡ . ﻛﺔﺿﻲ ﺩﺓﺭ ﻧﺔﺿﻮﻭ, ًﻨﺪﺑﻮﻭﻫﺔﺭﺿﺔﻧﺪﺓ ﺋﺔﻭ ﺯﺅﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﻳ .ﺰﻳﺎﻥ ﱄﹶ ﺑﻄﺮﻱﻮﻳﺴﺘﺔ ﺭﻳﻲ ﺛﻴﺑﺆ ﺋﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﺧﺔﻟﹶﻜﻲ ﺧﺆﺷﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﻳ ﺭ ﺩﺓﻭﻟﹶﺔﻭﺓﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﻭﺋﺔﲪﺔﺩ ﺯﻭ .ﻱ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺔﻭﺓﻱ ﻳﺎﻧﺴﻴﺒﺔ ﻛﺔﻭﺓﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ
89
